AS-3640
AS-3640
AS-3640
You also want an ePaper? Increase the reach of your titles
YUMPU automatically turns print PDFs into web optimized ePapers that Google loves.
<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong><br />
ADRESS PRINTER<br />
User Manual
Products presented in this guide are conform to<br />
requirements of directives nbr 2006/42/EG and<br />
2004/108/EG.<br />
Neopost has implemented a program for the<br />
recycling of worn machines and machines at<br />
the end of their lifetime. Contribute in a responsible<br />
way to the environmental protection<br />
by consulting your retailer internet site, or<br />
by contacting him. He will inform you of the<br />
collection and treatment processes of these<br />
machines.
Pos: 3 /[Allgemeines]/0.0a_Note_Trademarks+Manufacturer Address NEOPOST @ 1\mod_1256739001883_912.doc @ 7153 @<br />
Pos: 4 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/0.0_Revision level_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase 3.1 @ 3\mod_1302187161916_912.doc @ 31186 @<br />
Pos: 5 /[Allgemeines]/0.2_Inhaltsverzeichnis @ 0\mod_1242731641668_912.doc @ 1625 @<br />
a<br />
Copyright<br />
© Copyright 2011<br />
All rights reserved. No part of this manual may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or<br />
by any means, copied onto electronic media or translated into any language without the<br />
manufacturer's express written permission.<br />
The manufacturer is not liable for any damage resulting either from incorrect use or from<br />
repairs and modifications carried out by a third unauthorized party. This manual was<br />
produced with great care. However, liability for any errors which it may contain is excluded.<br />
The manufacturer reserves the right to make any technical or design changes to the<br />
equipment during the development process. All specified values are purely nominal.<br />
Consequently, any legal claims made on the basis of this manual cannot be enforced.<br />
The manufacturer is not liable for any damage or disturbance resulting from the use of<br />
options or accessories which are not original products or do not have the express approval<br />
of the manufacturer.<br />
Brands:<br />
HP is a registered brand name of the Hewlett-Packard Company.<br />
Microsoft and Windows are registered brand names of the Microsoft Corporation.<br />
FlexMail is a registered brand name of Flex Systems B.V.<br />
Bulk Mailer is a registered brand name of Satori Software Inc.<br />
Manufacturer Address<br />
Neopost Industrie<br />
ZI Tivoli<br />
72800 Le Lude<br />
France<br />
www.neopost.com<br />
Revision level<br />
Version Change description Released<br />
3.0 New document for graphic display and<br />
firmware version 4.7<br />
3.1<br />
• Added descriptions for new USB 2.0<br />
and TCP/IP interface<br />
• Changed description to firmware<br />
version 4.8<br />
• Added Device Class A note<br />
• Corrected description for emergency<br />
stop interface “EXTERN”<br />
November 2010<br />
April 2011<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 3
Table of Contents<br />
1 Introduction .............................................................................11<br />
1.1 Pictograms ............................................................................11<br />
1.2 Notes for use of this manual.....................................................11<br />
1.3 Terms and abbreviations .........................................................12<br />
1.4 System requirements ..............................................................12<br />
2 Safety notes .............................................................................13<br />
2.1 General safety notes ...............................................................13<br />
2.2 Ink safety notice.....................................................................15<br />
2.3 Location of the printer .............................................................15<br />
2.4 Disposal ................................................................................15<br />
3 Scope of delivery and assembly................................................16<br />
3.1 Scope of delivery ....................................................................16<br />
3.2 Delivery ................................................................................17<br />
3.3 Device overview .....................................................................18<br />
3.4 Assembly ..............................................................................19<br />
3.5 How to assemble the print system ............................................20<br />
3.5.1 Control unit shelf............................................................... 20<br />
3.5.2 Print unit connections ........................................................ 20<br />
3.5.3 How to mount the Paper Guide Kit ....................................... 21<br />
3.5.4 Connecting the power cable ................................................ 23<br />
3.5.5 Neopost FD-13/FD-15/ Feeder (optional) .............................. 23<br />
3.5.6 Additional devices.............................................................. 23<br />
4 Description of device ................................................................24<br />
4.1 Application range....................................................................24<br />
4.2 Description of functions ...........................................................24<br />
4.3 The Operator Panel .................................................................25<br />
4.3.1 Key panel......................................................................... 26<br />
4.3.2 Main Display ..................................................................... 28<br />
4.4 Interfaces..............................................................................32<br />
4.5 Emergency stop connection......................................................34<br />
4.5.1 Stand-alone operation........................................................ 34<br />
4.5.2 Operation with one additional Neopost device........................ 34<br />
4.5.3 Operation with several additional Neopost devices ................. 34<br />
4.5.4 Operation with other, non-Neopost devices ........................... 35<br />
4 User Manual Version 3.1
4.5.5 How to activate the emergency stop function ......................... 35<br />
5 Initial start-up of the device .................................................... 36<br />
5.1 How to power-on the device..................................................... 36<br />
5.2 How to install the ink cartridges ............................................... 37<br />
5.3 How to position the paper sensor.............................................. 38<br />
5.4 How to adjust the printer to the material thickness ..................... 40<br />
5.5 How to position the material (print media) ................................. 41<br />
5.6 How to adjust the paper guide kit ............................................. 41<br />
5.7 How to position the print units ................................................. 42<br />
5.8 How to measure the print media size ........................................ 43<br />
5.9 How to set the print direction (orientation)................................. 43<br />
5.10 How to perform a test print ................................................ 44<br />
6 Printer menu (firmware V4.8).................................................. 46<br />
7 How to connect the printer to the PC ..................................... 109<br />
7.1 How to install the printer driver .............................................. 109<br />
7.1.1 Windows XP and Windows Vista ......................................... 109<br />
7.1.2 Windows 7...................................................................... 110<br />
7.2 How to use the USB interface................................................. 113<br />
7.3 How to use the Ethernet interface........................................... 113<br />
7.3.1 Adding a TCP/IP port to a printer driver .............................. 114<br />
7.3.2 Connecting the printer to a local area network ..................... 116<br />
7.3.3 Direct Ethernet connection between the printer and the PC .... 119<br />
8 Service ................................................................................... 122<br />
8.1 Maintenance and support....................................................... 122<br />
8.1.1 How to clean the printer ................................................... 122<br />
8.1.2 How to clean an ink cartridge ............................................ 123<br />
8.1.3 How to clean the pen board contacts .................................. 125<br />
8.1.4 How to reset the printer.................................................... 126<br />
8.2 Troubleshooting ................................................................... 127<br />
8.2.1 The conveyor transport doesn’t work .................................. 127<br />
8.2.2 No or only very weak printout with new ink cartridges........... 128<br />
8.2.3 Ink on transport belt after test print ................................... 129<br />
8.2.4 Emergency system cannot be released................................ 129<br />
8.2.5 The printer doesn't detect a connected Feeder ..................... 130<br />
8.2.6 The products slip unjustified onto the conveyor .................... 130<br />
8.2.7 White streaks in printed text or graphic .............................. 131<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 5
8.2.8 White streak in printed text or graphics (in between cartridges)...<br />
.....................................................................................132<br />
8.2.9 The printed ink doesn’t dry on the substrate ........................133<br />
8.3 Error Messages..................................................................... 134<br />
8.3.1 How to read an error message entry ...................................134<br />
8.4 Warning Messages ................................................................ 153<br />
8.4.1 How to read a warning message entry.................................153<br />
8.4.2 Additional Error Messages..................................................160<br />
8.5 Technical Support ................................................................. 164<br />
9 Consumables and Accessories ................................................ 165<br />
9.1 Consumables ....................................................................... 165<br />
9.1.1 Standard inks for Neopost address printers ..........................165<br />
9.1.2 Cleaning Towels ...............................................................166<br />
9.2 Accessoires.......................................................................... 167<br />
9.2.1 Additional print unit for Neopost /<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> ...........................167<br />
9.2.2 Keyboard support kit ........................................................167<br />
9.2.3 Paper guide kit Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> / CSV-810 / ......................168<br />
9.2.4 Tower Lamp ....................................................................168<br />
10 Technical Specifications ......................................................... 169<br />
11 Appendix ................................................................................ 171<br />
11.1 How to completely remove printer drivers from Windows Vista<br />
and Windows 7 .......................................................................... 171<br />
11.2 How to completely remove printer drivers from Windows XP and<br />
Windows 2000 ........................................................................... 172<br />
11.3 How to use a pre-installed printer driver ............................. 173<br />
11.3.1 USB connection................................................................173<br />
11.3.2 Ethernet connection..........................................................174<br />
11.3.3 How to identify the USB port used by the printer ..................175<br />
11.4 How to test the Ethernet connectivity ................................. 176<br />
11.4.1 Sample settings for Ethernet connection ..............................178<br />
11.5 How to create a print file .................................................. 181<br />
11.6 How to update the flashware............................................. 182<br />
11.6.1 How to update the flashware..............................................182<br />
11.7 How to position the print unit guide bars ............................ 186<br />
11.8 How to position the paper sensor guide bar......................... 187<br />
11.9 How to position the encoder wheel mounting....................... 190<br />
11.10 Mounting two print units on one mounting bar..................... 191<br />
6 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 6 /[Allgemeines]/0.3_Abbildungsverzeichnis [Figure] @ 0\mod_1250599665953_912.doc @ 2745 @<br />
11.11 Determining the minimal possible paper format................... 192<br />
11.12 How to connect the FD-13/FD-15 Feeder ............................ 193<br />
11.13 How to adjust the Neopost FD-13/FD-15 Feeder to the medium..<br />
.................................................................................... 194<br />
11.14 Additional display texts .................................................... 197<br />
11.15 Ink package ID number ................................................... 198<br />
11.15.1 ID: 6030206 ................................................................... 199<br />
11.16 Declaration of conformity ................................................. 200<br />
12 Glossary ................................................................................. 202<br />
13 Index ..................................................................................... 208<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 7
Table of Figures<br />
Figure 1: Base conveyor belt Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> .......................................................... 18<br />
Figure 2: Control Unit front...................................................................................... 18<br />
Figure 3: Control Unit backplane .............................................................................. 18<br />
Figure 4: Print Unit................................................................................................. 19<br />
Figure 5: <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> with mounted control unit shelf...................................................... 20<br />
Figure 6: Print unit connections................................................................................ 21<br />
Figure 7: Mounting the paper guide kit I.................................................................... 22<br />
Figure 8: Mounting the paper guide kit II................................................................... 22<br />
Figure 9: The operator panel ................................................................................... 25<br />
Figure 10: Main display ........................................................................................... 28<br />
Figure 11: Interfaces Control unit ............................................................................. 32<br />
Figure 12: Interfaces Base conveyor ......................................................................... 33<br />
Figure 13: Inserting the ink cartridge into the pen stall................................................ 37<br />
Figure 14: Lock the restraining lever......................................................................... 37<br />
Figure 15: Positioning of paper sensor (schematically)................................................. 39<br />
Figure 16: Print unit, height adjustment .................................................................... 40<br />
Figure 17: Area of vacuum suction (schematical) ........................................................ 41<br />
Figure 18: Positioning of the print units, top view (example with two print units)............. 42<br />
Figure 19: Test print............................................................................................... 45<br />
Figure 20: Keep Alive function ................................................................................. 56<br />
Figure 21: Distances between TOF sensor (LS) and U1-U4 ........................................... 58<br />
Figure 22: DIST. TOF-U1 service test page ................................................................ 59<br />
Figure 23: Distances between the units U1-U4 ........................................................... 59<br />
Figure 24: Adjustment of encoder necessary .............................................................. 61<br />
Figure 25: Encoder Adjustment ................................................................................ 61<br />
Figure 26: Adjusted encoder .................................................................................... 62<br />
Figure 27: PRINT CORR.PATT. for systems with two print units (6 cartridge positions)...... 63<br />
Figure 28: Horizontal alignment U1-U2...................................................................... 64<br />
Figure 29: Regular print / Direction Nor..................................................................... 67<br />
Figure 30: Mirrored print / Direction Nor.................................................................... 67<br />
Figure 31: Regular print / Direction Rev .................................................................... 67<br />
Figure 32: Mirrored print / Direction Rev ................................................................... 67<br />
Figure 33: Order of print units ................................................................................. 70<br />
Figure 34: Difference Nor/Rev.................................................................................. 87<br />
Figure 35:LEFT MARGIN, transport direction............................................................... 88<br />
8 User Manual Version 3.1
Figure 36: Encoder Pattern .................................................................................... 100<br />
Figure 37: Simult. PrintUnits service print................................................................ 101<br />
Figure 38: Overlapping service print ....................................................................... 101<br />
Figure 39: Pattern A ............................................................................................. 102<br />
Figure 40: Pattern A with defects............................................................................ 103<br />
Figure 41: Cartridge contacts................................................................................. 103<br />
Figure 42: Pattern B ............................................................................................. 104<br />
Figure 43: Pattern C ............................................................................................. 104<br />
Figure 44: Sample character set print ..................................................................... 105<br />
Figure 45: Sample setting dump print ..................................................................... 105<br />
Figure 46: Sample Input Buffer Dump print.............................................................. 106<br />
Figure 47: New Hardware Wizard ........................................................................... 110<br />
Figure 48: Recommended install procedure.............................................................. 110<br />
Figure 49: Properties of unspecified device .............................................................. 112<br />
Figure 50: Update the printer driver........................................................................ 112<br />
Figure 51: Update Driver Software Wizard ............................................................... 112<br />
Figure 52: Select the driver source ......................................................................... 112<br />
Figure 53: Ferrite with plastic case ......................................................................... 113<br />
Figure 54: Adding TCP/IP Port................................................................................ 114<br />
Figure 55: TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard...................................................................... 114<br />
Figure 56: IP address of the printer ........................................................................ 114<br />
Figure 57: Custom settings.................................................................................... 115<br />
Figure 58: Custom settings of printer port ............................................................... 115<br />
Figure 59: Address printer port settings................................................................... 116<br />
Figure 60: DHCP Table on server ............................................................................ 118<br />
Figure 61: Test of fix IP (ping test on server) ........................................................... 119<br />
Figure 62: Local Area Connection Properties............................................................. 121<br />
Figure 63: TCP/IPv4 settings.................................................................................. 121<br />
Figure 64: Cleaning the nozzle plate ....................................................................... 124<br />
Figure 65: Nozzle plate and contacts....................................................................... 124<br />
Figure 66: Pivoted print unit .................................................................................. 124<br />
Figure 67: Pen board contacts................................................................................ 125<br />
Figure 68: White streaks in text ............................................................................. 131<br />
Figure 69: White streaks in between two cartridges................................................... 132<br />
Figure 70: New hardware detected ......................................................................... 174<br />
Figure 71: Found New Hardware Wizard .................................................................. 174<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 9
Pos: 7 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/1.0_Ü1_Einführung_allgemein @ 0\mod_1242731723794_912.doc @ 1634 @ 1<br />
Figure 72: Device Manager .................................................................................... 176<br />
Figure 73: Device Properties - Details ..................................................................... 176<br />
Figure 74: Command Prompt reply OK .................................................................... 177<br />
Figure 75: Command Prompt reply NOT OK ............................................................. 177<br />
Figure 76: Print dialog window ............................................................................... 181<br />
Figure 77: Print to file dialog.................................................................................. 181<br />
Figure 78: Printer port properties ........................................................................... 182<br />
Figure 79: Paper sensor ........................................................................................ 188<br />
Figure 80: Teach-in modes, rotary switch ................................................................ 188<br />
Figure 81: Position of the encoder wheel on the belt (schematical) .............................. 190<br />
Figure 82: Two print units on one mounting bar ....................................................... 191<br />
Figure 83: Serial connection between printer and feeder............................................ 193<br />
Figure 84: Separator system ................................................................................. 194<br />
Figure 85: Feeder adjustment I.............................................................................. 194<br />
Figure 86: Feeder adjustment II............................................................................. 194<br />
Figure 87: Feeder adjustment III............................................................................ 194<br />
Figure 88: Adjusting the paper feed ramp and the slide, side view ............................. 195<br />
Figure 89: Filing the stack with a fanned out pile, side view....................................... 195<br />
10 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 8 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/1.1_Ü2_Piktogramme_allgemein @ 0\mod_1242731723997_912.doc @ 1638 @ 2<br />
Pos: 9 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/1.2_Ü2_Hinweise zum Gebrauch dieses Handbuches @ 0\mod_1249459443010_912.doc @ 2613 @ 2<br />
Pos: 10 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/1.3_Ü2_Terms and abbreviations @ 1\mod_1260869177556_912.doc @ 8380 @ 2<br />
1 Introduction<br />
In order to ensure both long service life of the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> and its<br />
components, as well as safe conditions of use, we recommend that<br />
you read carefully and comply with the operating instructions and<br />
safety notes. Always be aware of all warnings and notes that are<br />
affixed to or printed on the machine itself.<br />
All persons who are to handle this machine must also be familiar with the operating manual.<br />
Store this manual in a safe place where it is easily accessible for future reference at any<br />
time.<br />
1.1 Pictograms<br />
General warnings<br />
Warning of danger from electricity or electrical shock<br />
Warning of possible fire<br />
Information / Note indicating important information regarding<br />
the handling of the machine.<br />
1.2 Notes for use of this manual<br />
This manual is structured chronologically, and therefore ordered sequentially from the<br />
receipt of the machine packed up to its ready-for-use state.<br />
If you are unfamiliar with the machine, it is best to read through the manual from beginning<br />
to end, where you can follow easy step by step instructions to allow you to fully and<br />
correctly operate the machine.<br />
If you are already familiar with the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>, it will make things easy if you to use this<br />
manual as a reference work.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 11
Pos: 11 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/1.4_Ü2_System requirements_ONLY_619 @ 2\mod_1272530190780_912.doc @ 17229 @ 2<br />
Pos: 12 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.0_Ü1_Sicherheitshinweise @ 0\mod_1242735234414_912.doc @ 1664 @ 1<br />
1.3 Terms and abbreviations<br />
This User Manual uses the following terms and abbreviations related to the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<br />
<strong>3640</strong>:<br />
• cartridge = Crt = C, C1, C2, C3<br />
• print unit = Unit = U, U1, U2<br />
A print unit always consists of three ink cartridges.<br />
• print media width = expansion of the print media in transport direction.<br />
• print media height = expansion of the print media across the transport direction.<br />
1.4 System requirements<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is designed to be used in connection with a PC. To connect the <strong>AS</strong>-<br />
<strong>3640</strong> to the PC one free USB port or one free Ethernet (TCP/IP) port is required. The PC<br />
should be an up-to-date model and must have enough processing power and free disk space<br />
to run the Neopost Addressing Solutions Software.<br />
We recommend using one of the following operating systems:<br />
• Microsoft Windows 2000 (SP4)<br />
• Microsoft Windows XP (SP3)<br />
• Microsoft Windows Vista (SP2) (32- or 64-bit)<br />
• Microsoft Windows 7 (32- or 64-bit)<br />
12 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 13 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.1a_Ü2_Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise_Handbuch @ 0\mod_1249563586836_912.doc @ 2673 @ 2<br />
Pos: 14 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.1c_Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise_Aufstellen des Gerätes @ 0\mod_1242736827044_912.doc @ 1710 @<br />
Pos: 15 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.1e_Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise_Elektrische Gefahren_ZWEIPOLIG @ 0\mod_1242736827372_912.doc @ 1718 @<br />
Pos: 16 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.1f_Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise_Betriebssicherheit/Reinigung/Service @ 0\mod_1242736827200_912.doc @ 1714 @<br />
2 Safety notes<br />
Prior to initial operation, please carefully read the following instructions for the sake of both<br />
your own safety and the printer operating safety. Always observe any warnings and<br />
instructions directly attached to the device. Keep this manual available in order to be able to<br />
check back at any time.<br />
Disregarding this manual may cause<br />
• electric shock,<br />
• injury by being drawn into the transport belt or transport rollers,<br />
• damage to the equipment.<br />
2.1 General safety notes<br />
Caution!<br />
Please read these notes with care.<br />
Keep this manual for future reference.<br />
All notes and warnings found on the machine are to be followed.<br />
Setting up the<br />
machine<br />
A safe, level position is necessary, when installing the machine.<br />
Injuries may be caused by tipping, rolling away or falling.<br />
The machine is to be protected from moisture.<br />
The machine is not suitable for outdoor use.<br />
Electrical<br />
Hazards<br />
The power cable must only be connected to a socket with protective<br />
grounding contact! The protective effect must not be compromised by<br />
the use of an extension cable without a protective grounding<br />
conductor. All interruptions of the protective grounding conductor,<br />
within or outside of the machine, are prohibited.<br />
When fuse failure occurs, electrical machine parts can still carry<br />
voltage.<br />
When making the connection to the mains power, be aware of the<br />
connection values on the rating plate.<br />
Run the power cable in such a way, that no one can trip over it. Do<br />
not place any objects on the power cable.<br />
When the machine is not in use over a long period of time, it should<br />
be disconnected from the power supply in order to avoid any damage<br />
in the event of a voltage surge.<br />
Protect the device from moisture. When moisture enters the machine,<br />
there is a danger of electrical shock.<br />
Never open the machine. For reasons of electrical safety, the machine<br />
should only be opened by authorized service personnel.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 13
Pos: 17 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.1g_Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise_Ersatzteile/Reparaturen/Umbauverbot @ 0\mod_1249462580902_912.doc @ 2637 @<br />
Pos: 18 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.1h_Allgemeine Sicherheitshinweise_Hinweis Service @ 0\mod_1242737415895_912.doc @ 1746 @<br />
Pos: 19 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/2.2_Ü2_Ink safety notice @ 1\mod_1260870536312_912.doc @ 8392 @ 2<br />
Operating<br />
safety<br />
Cleaning the<br />
machine<br />
Machine<br />
inspections<br />
only by<br />
authorized<br />
Service<br />
Partners!<br />
Never put your hands inside the machine when it is running!<br />
There is a danger that injuries can occur through being pulled in and<br />
being crushed on the transport belt or the rotating rollers. In addition,<br />
keep long hair and parts of loose clothing away from the machine<br />
while it is in operation.<br />
In order to prevent damage to the machine, only factory authorized<br />
accessory parts should be used.<br />
Prior to cleaning the machine, it should be disconnected from the<br />
power outlet. When cleaning the machine, do not use liquid or spray<br />
cleaners, but only a cloth dampened with water.<br />
Additional information concerning the cleaning of the device can be<br />
found in chapter „Maintenance and support“.<br />
In the following cases, you should unplug the machine from the<br />
power outlet and contact an authorized service technician:<br />
• When the power cable or its plug is worn or damaged.<br />
• When water or other liquid has entered the device.<br />
• When the device has been dropped/knocked over or the housing is<br />
damaged.<br />
• When there is a significant change in the performance of the<br />
machine.<br />
Spare parts<br />
Repairs<br />
Modification is<br />
not permitted<br />
When repair work is carried out, only original spare parts or spare<br />
parts approved by the manufacturer may be used.<br />
Do not disassemble the machine any further than it is described in<br />
this manual. The opening of the machine by unauthorized personnel<br />
is not permitted. Repairs may only be carried out by authorized<br />
service personnel.<br />
For safety reasons, your own reworking and modifications to the<br />
machine are not permitted.<br />
Please contact your authorized Neopost dealer or service partner, for<br />
all questions relating to service and repair. In this way, you ensure<br />
the operational safety of your machine.<br />
14 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 20 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.3_Ü2_Location of the device @ 0\mod_1242737912401_912.doc @ 1759 @ 2<br />
Pos: 21 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/2.4_Ü2_Entsorgung @ 0\mod_1242738502378_912.doc @ 1762 @ 2<br />
Pos: 22 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/3.0_Ü1_Scope of delivery and assembly @ 0\mod_1242739012009_912.doc @ 1765 @ 1<br />
2.2 Ink safety notice<br />
Keep ink cartridges away from children. If you get into skin contact<br />
with the ink, immediately clean off the ink under running water. In case<br />
ink has entered your eye, immediately rinse it with plenty of water.<br />
• The ink cartridge should not be shaken, dropped or hit against the palm or hard<br />
surfaces.<br />
• Install the ink cartridge immediately after removing the protective tape. The cartridge<br />
may not be used after date of expiry!<br />
• Do not try to open or refill a cartridge. This can damage the printer and reduce the<br />
print quality.<br />
• For further information regarding the cleaning of the ink cartridge, please see chapter<br />
8.1.2, on page 123.<br />
2.3 Location of the printer<br />
Be aware when installing the machine that it must stand on a smooth and level surface that<br />
is larger than the printer.<br />
When placing the machine, make sure that there is enough clearance around it, so that you<br />
can access all connections easily.<br />
The floor space for the printer must be sufficiently stable. The tipping over or falling of the<br />
machine can lead to injuries, as well as damage to the machine.<br />
When selecting the installation or storage location for the printer, keep in mind that it must<br />
be protected from strong temperature and humidity changes, direct sunlight and excessive<br />
heat.<br />
The printer must not be subject to vibrations or shocks.<br />
Install the printer near a power outlet, so that the power cable can be disconnected troublefree<br />
at all times.<br />
2.4 Disposal<br />
The printer may not be disposed of in the conventional manner of household waste. Please<br />
dispose the printer in accordance with the regulations in force.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 15
Pos: 23 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/3.1_Ü2_Scope of delivery @ 0\mod_1250854288313_912.doc @ 2837 @ 2<br />
Pos: 24 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/3.1_Ü2_Lieferumfang_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase_ONLY_619 @ 2\mod_1265645028788_912.doc @ 11647 @<br />
Pos: 25 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/3.2_Ü2_Delivery @ 0\mod_1242739526953_912.doc @ 1770 @ 2<br />
3 Scope of delivery and assembly<br />
3.1 Scope of delivery<br />
• 1x Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> print system<br />
• 1x control unit<br />
• 1x control unit shelf<br />
• 1x vacuum conveyor belt with<br />
1x mounted encoder wheel,’<br />
1x mounted paper sensor (TOF = Top of form sensor) and<br />
1x, 2x, 3x or 4x mounted print units* (Standard or Centaur**)<br />
• 1x, 2x, 3x or 4x SCSI-3 cable*<br />
• 1x Addressing Solution software CD-ROM<br />
• 2x power cables<br />
• 1x belt motor control cable<br />
• 1x paper guide kit<br />
• 1x grounding cable flat/flat<br />
• 1x grounding cable eye/flat<br />
• 3x strapping plugs for emergency-stop INTERN/EXTERN<br />
• 1x strapping plug for emergency-stop OUT<br />
• 1x 5-pin emergency-stop cable for external devices<br />
• 3x, 6x, 9x or 12x Black Dye ink cartridges*<br />
• 1x, 2x, 3x or 4x Inxdinx ink cartridge boxes*<br />
• 1x USB connection cable<br />
• 1x Network cable<br />
• 1x Ferrit<br />
* The number depends on the chosen <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> model. The <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> can be equipped with<br />
one, two, three or four print units in a row.<br />
** Centaur is an optional ink supply system, which requires an additional ink control unit<br />
and special ink cartridges. The standard print units are equipped with standard HP TIJ 2.5<br />
Cartridges.<br />
16 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 26 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/3.2_Warning: transportation locks_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/2060/Base @ 2\mod_1265645243882_912.doc @ 11663 @<br />
Pos: 27 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/3.2_Delivery_mit Transportsicherung_<strong>AS</strong>-960/990/OrbitBase/3060A/2060/Base @ 2\mod_1271945715904_912.doc @ 16957 @<br />
Pos: 28 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/3.3_Ü2_Device overview @ 0\mod_1250854288578_912.doc @ 2841 @ 2<br />
3.2 Delivery<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is delivered in appropriate packaging so that it reaches its destination<br />
without damage via a regular mode of transport.<br />
Transportation and storage should be carried out in suitable condition. That means an<br />
ambient temperature between +10°C and +31°C at 20-80% relative humidity (noncondensing).<br />
Conditions outside of these ranges may harm the machine. Damages from<br />
wrong transportation and storage conditions may not be visible on the packaging.<br />
Transportation locks<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is fixed to the transport pallet by<br />
transportation locks, which are mounted to the four feet. Loosen<br />
these locks and roll the printer off the pallet cautiously. Do not lift the<br />
printer by hand.<br />
If the printer has to be shipped again, please store the transportation locks and the<br />
packaging. In case the packaging is no longer needed, please dispose it in an<br />
environmentally suitable manner.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 17
Pos: 29 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/3.3_Geräteübersicht_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase_ONLY_619 @ 2\mod_1269851845762_912.doc @ 14033 @<br />
3.3 Device overview<br />
1<br />
2 3 4<br />
Figure 1: Base conveyor belt Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong><br />
8<br />
7<br />
6<br />
5<br />
1 Slider for suction area 8 Power input module Base<br />
2 Emergency stop button<br />
Base<br />
9 Emergency stop button<br />
Control unit<br />
3 Transport belt 10 Green emergency release button<br />
Control unit<br />
4 Green emergency release button<br />
Base<br />
11 Main Display<br />
5 Interfaces Base (backplane) 12 Control panel / Key panel<br />
6 Height adjustable feet 13 Connectors for print units U1-U4<br />
7 Main switch on/off vacuum<br />
suction<br />
14 Main switch on/off Control unit<br />
9 10 11 12 13<br />
14<br />
Figure 2: Control Unit front<br />
Figure 3: Control Unit backplane<br />
18 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 30 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/3.3_Ü2_Assembly @ 1\mod_1264168442358_912.doc @ 10763 @<br />
Pos: 31 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Transportbänder/CSV-810 (Base)/5.1_Aufstellen_Base2.0 @ 0\mod_1254121426488_912.doc @ 3793 @<br />
Pos: 32 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/3.3.2_Ü3_Shelf, Electrical Connections mounting/connection @ 2\mod_1265888855615_912.doc @ 11906 @ 233<br />
15 Print unit guide bar 18 Print bar hinge<br />
16 Clamp lever 19 Print unit<br />
17 Scaled adjustment wheel 20 Ink cartridge<br />
17<br />
18<br />
16<br />
15<br />
19<br />
20<br />
Figure 4: Print Unit<br />
3.4 Assembly<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is shipped pre-assembled and can be easily positioned due to its<br />
mounted transport wheels.<br />
Please ensure that the device stands in a secure and level position. Please fix the pedestals<br />
by locking the nuts.<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> may only be used with mounted and reeled-out<br />
pedestals.<br />
The height level of the conveyor is adjustable in a range between 810<br />
mm – 915 mm (31.9 – 36.0”).<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 19
3.5 How to assemble the print system<br />
3.5.1 Control unit shelf<br />
How to mount<br />
the shelf<br />
• Use the enclosed screws to fix the shelf to the conveyor belt (see<br />
Figure 5).<br />
• Put the control unit onto the shelf.<br />
Figure 5: <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> with mounted control unit shelf<br />
3.5.2 Print unit connections<br />
Electrical<br />
connections<br />
The cables for the print units, the paper sensor (Top of form sensor) and<br />
the encoder wheel are pre-assembled and have to be connected to the<br />
control unit.<br />
Do not turn the device on yet!<br />
Fix all cable connections with the safety screws of the cables.<br />
Please see chapter 4.4 Interfaces, on page 34 for a detailed description<br />
of the connection interfaces of the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>.<br />
• Connect all print units to the control unit (see Figure 6). Use the<br />
safety screws to lock the connection.<br />
• Connect the paper sensor (TOF) cable to the control unit.<br />
• Connect the encoder wheel cable to the control unit.<br />
• Connect the conveyor belt and the control unit with the use of the<br />
belt motor control cable.<br />
• Connect the emergency stop cable between the control unit and<br />
the conveyor belt (see chapter 4.5 Emergency stop connection, on<br />
page 36 for additional information).<br />
20 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 33 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-2060/3.3.2_Ü3_Mounting_the_paper_guide_kit_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/Base @ 2\mod_1278332983547_912.doc @ 23833 @ 3<br />
Connection<br />
cable<br />
Control unit<br />
on shelf<br />
Encoder wheel<br />
Paper sensor<br />
Figure 6: Print unit connections<br />
Fixing of cables<br />
For a reliable operation of the printer, the safety screws of the cables<br />
between the print units and the control unit have to be fixed firmly.<br />
Do not interrupt this connection while the printer is powered<br />
on! Otherwise electronic parts can get damaged.<br />
Please be aware of the correct order of the print units and the paper<br />
sensor. The products have to pass the paper sensor before passing<br />
the print units (see Figure 6)!<br />
3.5.3 How to mount the Paper Guide Kit<br />
The paper guide kit supports an aligned feeding of the materials onto the transport belt. To<br />
mount the paper guide kit onto the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>perform the following steps:<br />
• Place the two metal plates over the designated holes on the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> (see Figure 8.).<br />
• Fix each plate with two screws.<br />
• Place the two bars with the guides into the metal plates (see Figure 8).<br />
• Move the two guides to the most outer positions, so that they do not yet interfere<br />
with the material flow when setting up the machine.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 21
Pos: 34 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/3.3.1_Ü3_Connecting the power cable @ 1\mod_1264168527578_912.doc @ 10766 @ 3<br />
Screws<br />
Transport direction<br />
Screws<br />
Figure 7: Mounting the paper guide kit I<br />
Clamp to fix guide<br />
Transport direction<br />
Figure 8: Mounting the paper guide kit II<br />
22 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 35 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/3.3.1_Warnhinweis Netzkabel @ 2\mod_1265888781005_912.doc @ 11903 @<br />
Pos: 36 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-3060A/Ü3_3.3.3_Neopost_FD-13_Feeder_(optional)_<strong>AS</strong>-3060_<strong>AS</strong>-2060 @ 1\mod_1264412362375_912.doc @ 10834 @ 3<br />
Pos: 37 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/3.3.5_Ü3_Additional devices @ 2\mod_1265908772620_912.doc @ 11996 @ 3<br />
Pos: 38 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.0_Ü1_Description of device @ 0\mod_1246003073544_912.doc @ 1919 @ 1<br />
3.5.4 Connecting the power cable<br />
Power cable<br />
Attention!<br />
The device may only be used in connection to power outlets with<br />
integrated protective conductor (earthing)!<br />
Make sure that the on/off switch off both the control unit and the<br />
conveyor is set to off.<br />
Plug the power cables into the power inputs of both devices connect<br />
the cables to the power outlet.<br />
3.5.5 Neopost FD-13/FD-15/ Feeder (optional)<br />
For a detailed instruction on how to use the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> together with the optional<br />
Neopost FD-13/FD-15 Feeder, please see chapter 11.12 on page 191 of this manual.<br />
3.5.6 Additional devices<br />
Please connect all upstream and downstream devices like the Neopost FD-13/FD-15 Feeder,<br />
IR dryer or additional conveyor belts to the control unit of the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>. Please see chapter<br />
4.5.3 on page 36.<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> has a emergency stop connection that assures a safe and convenient<br />
stop of all connected devices, if a emergency stop button is pressed. Please see chapter 4.5<br />
Emergency stop connection, on page 36 for additional information.<br />
Grounding of all connected devices<br />
Connect all upstream and downstream devices (e.g. feeder) with the<br />
enclosed grounding cables.<br />
Paper separation and transport may lead to electrostatic charging of<br />
the devices, which can destroy electronics parts of the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 23
Pos: 39 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.2_Ü2_Application range @ 0\mod_1250854288985_912.doc @ 2849 @ 2<br />
Pos: 40 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/4.2_Anwendungsgebiet_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/<strong>AS</strong>-2060 @ 2\mod_1267112631341_912.doc @ 12541 @<br />
Pos: 41 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.3_Ü2_Description of functions @ 0\mod_1250854288782_912.doc @ 2845 @ 2<br />
Pos: 42 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/4.3_Funktionsbeschreibung_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1265645244991_912.doc @ 11683 @<br />
Pos: 43 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.4_Ü2_The Operator Panel @ 0\mod_1250854289204_912.doc @ 2853 @ 2<br />
4 Description of device<br />
4.1 Application range<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is an inkjet printer with high font quality. Up to four print units can be<br />
connected to cover a wide print area.<br />
The main field of application is the printing of mass mailings with addresses, graphics and<br />
postal elements. However, the application is not limited to this purpose.<br />
The device may be applied both in stand-alone and in inline operation. The print media<br />
feeding must be executed in a separated manner in inline mode.<br />
4.2 Description of functions<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> printer is a inkjet print system, that is designed for industrial and<br />
professional printing with high throughput. The printer can be combined with different<br />
feeders and can be integrated into inline production systems.<br />
The device can be used in connection with an IBM compatible PC and a vary of software<br />
running under Microsoft Windows operation systems.<br />
Each of the print units (U1, U2, U3, U4) of the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> are provided with three HP<br />
ink cartridges (C1, C2, C3). During the printing the units stay motionless, therefore the<br />
device is called a Fixed Head printer. The alignment of the printed text should be parallel to<br />
the paper transport direction.<br />
Each print unit covers an area of 762 x 38 mm (30.0 x 1.5"). This corresponds to nine text<br />
lines at a font size of 12 pt. A highly durable transport belt, supported by vacuum suction,<br />
ensures a constant product flow.<br />
For further specifications please see chapter 10 Technical Specifications, on page 170.<br />
24 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 44 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/4.4_Operator_Panel @ 2\mod_1265967728349_912.doc @ 12018 @<br />
Pos: 45 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/4.4.1_Ü3_Key Panel_Fixed Head <strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/OrbitBase @ 1\mod_1261137318681_912.doc @ 9011 @ 3<br />
4.3 The Operator Panel<br />
Figure 9: The operator panel<br />
The operator panel is used to easily activate often required functions and select information<br />
from the main display. The operator panel is also used to navigate within the printer menus,<br />
in order to change printer and layout settings, run test modes and look up specific printer<br />
statistics.<br />
The four LEDs (light-emitting diode) on the panel indicate the status of the printer.<br />
LED<br />
Green Online<br />
Blue Offline<br />
Orange Warning<br />
Red Error<br />
Status indication<br />
Printer is Online<br />
Printer is Offline<br />
Printer displays a warning message<br />
Printer displays an error message<br />
Online and Offline<br />
Only when the printer is Offline you can make changes to printer<br />
settings, use the secondary functions of the arrow key or open printer<br />
menus.<br />
Please note, that when the printer is Online (= able to receive print<br />
data from the PC), the only key that can be used is the Cancel<br />
(Offline) key. The Cancel (Offline) key will turn the printer Offline<br />
(= not able to receive print data from the PC).<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 25
4.3.1 Key panel<br />
Below is an explanation of how the different keys of the panel work:<br />
Key<br />
Ok (Online)<br />
Cancel (Offline)<br />
Home<br />
Quick<br />
Arrow up (Test Print)<br />
Arrow right (Paper Length)<br />
Main key function<br />
Turns the printer online and confirms a selection in a<br />
menu<br />
Turns the printer offline and exits the current menu<br />
level.<br />
Opens the main menu of the printer<br />
Opens the quick menu of the printer<br />
Upwards navigation in menus and increasing values in<br />
menus<br />
Navigation to the right<br />
Arrow down (Clean Heads) Downwards navigation in menus and decreasing<br />
values in menus<br />
Arrow left (Run Paper)<br />
Navigation to the left<br />
The four arrow keys have secondary functions, which can be executed by pressing one of<br />
the arrow keys and the Quick key together.<br />
Secondary key functions<br />
Please note, that the secondary key functions will work slightly<br />
different depending on how long you press the keys.<br />
(Short) = pressing the two buttons just briefly<br />
(Long) = pressing the two keys, hold them for approx. 3 seconds<br />
26 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 46 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/4.4.2_Ü3_Main_Display @ 1\mod_1261142768887_912.doc @ 9017 @<br />
Below is an explanation of how the different secondary functions of the arrow keys work:<br />
Quick key + Secondary key function<br />
Arrow up (Test Print)<br />
Arrow right (Paper Length)<br />
Arrow down (Clean Heads)<br />
The printer will ask you from which source you want<br />
to supply material for the test print. You have to<br />
choose between Manual, Feeder and Cancel.<br />
(Short) The printer will display Test and print the test<br />
pattern once, using the current printer setting (e.g.<br />
print quality).<br />
(Long) The printer will display Test and print the test<br />
pattern continuously, using the current printer setting<br />
(e.g. print quality). To stop, hit the Cancel (Offline)<br />
key.<br />
The printer will ask you from which source you want<br />
to supply material for the measurement. You have to<br />
choose between Manual, Feeder and Cancel.<br />
(Short) The printer will display PAPER WIDTH: , feed<br />
one page and measure the size of the page. The<br />
measured size will be shown in the display.<br />
(Long) The printer will display PAPER WIDTH: (L),<br />
feed one page and measure the size of the page. The<br />
measured size will be shown in the display. The (L)<br />
indicates that the measured page size will be locked in<br />
the printer, so that the page size cannot be changed<br />
from a PC program.<br />
The printer will ask you from which source you want<br />
to supply material for the test print. You have to<br />
choose between Manual, Feeder and Cancel.<br />
The printer will feed one page and print a pattern of<br />
bars, using the currently set page size.<br />
Arrow left (Run Paper)<br />
(Short) The printer will display PapRUN and feed one<br />
page and transport it, using the current printer setting<br />
(e.g. transport speed).<br />
(Long) The printer will display PapRUN and feed and<br />
transport pages continuously, using the current<br />
printer setting (e.g. transport speed). To stop hit the<br />
Cancel (Offline) key.<br />
This is an useful function to check if, the separation<br />
and the material transport of the printer, are setup<br />
correctly.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 27
Pos: 47 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/4.4.3_Main_Display_Fixed_Head_6_cartridges_<strong>AS</strong>3060A/OrbitBase/960/990_ONLY 619 @ 3\mod_1301663239066_912.doc @ 31022 @<br />
4.3.2 Main Display<br />
The main display shows you the most important information about your current print job at<br />
one glance.<br />
J ob Current :1234 5 6 7 ←1<br />
Costs/ 1000 Pg 1 . 5 5 € ←2<br />
M eter/Secon d : 0. 5 4 0 ←3<br />
Pages/ h : 10 5 0 0 ←4<br />
BLA CK DYE<br />
←5<br />
█ █ █ █ █ █ 6x6 d p i ←6<br />
█ █ █ █ █ █ Nor ←7<br />
█ █ █ █ █ █ O n l i n U S B ←8<br />
↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑ ↑<br />
999999<br />
Figure 10: Main display<br />
Items per display line<br />
Please note, that there are display lines which contain more that one<br />
item to display. To cycle through all items, select a line (e.g. line 1<br />
counters) with the arrow up or arrow down keys and then hit the<br />
arrow left or arrow right key to show the other items of this line.<br />
Display lines and data<br />
1: Counters This line shows one of the following counters:<br />
Job Current: Shows the number of printed pages<br />
from the current print job (= send from the PC).<br />
Job Power On: Shows the total number of printed<br />
pages from all print jobs, since the printer was turned<br />
on.<br />
TotalService: Shows the number of service pages<br />
printed (e.g. Clean Heads), since the printer was<br />
turned on.<br />
Tot.Power On: Shows the total number of pages<br />
printed, since the printer was turned on. All Print job<br />
pages + all service pages.<br />
To reset one of the counters to zero pages, select this<br />
line and use the arrow right or arrow left key to<br />
show the counter you want to reset and hit the Ok<br />
key. Confirm the reset by selecting Yes and hitting the<br />
Ok key again.<br />
28 User Manual Version 3.1
2: Ink costs and ink range This line shows one of the following information:<br />
InkCosts/Job: Calculates and shows the cost of ink<br />
for the current print job in the set currency.<br />
Costs/1000Pg: Calculates and shows the cost of ink<br />
per 1,000 pages of the current print job.<br />
Pages/Cartr.: Calculates and shows the number of<br />
pages you can print, of the current print job, with the<br />
remaining amount of ink in the cartridge.<br />
Please consider that the information above are<br />
calculated average values only. Therefore the<br />
accuracy of the values will increase as more pages are<br />
printed.<br />
To show information in this line, you first have to set<br />
a cost per cartridge greater than zero. To do this,<br />
select this line and hit the Ok key. Or you can open<br />
the main menu of the printer and select the following<br />
menu: PRINTER CONFIG. > INK > INK COST CONFIG.<br />
3: Transport speed This line shows the currently set transport speed. To<br />
change the speed select this line and use the arrow<br />
right or arrow left key to change the speed.<br />
Please note that the speed you can select is limited by<br />
the set print quality (see line 6). With a print quality<br />
of 6 x 6 dpi, the maximum speed you can set is 0.540<br />
meter/second.<br />
4: Throughput This lines shows one of the following information:<br />
Pages/h: Shows the current throughput of the<br />
machine, calculated from the last few pages.<br />
JOB Pages/h: Shows the average through since the<br />
beginning of this print job. This is a valuable<br />
information to measure the actual productivity of the<br />
machine.<br />
5: Ink type This line shows the currently set ink type.<br />
6: Print quality This lines shows the currently set print quality. To<br />
change the quality select this line and use the arrow<br />
right or arrow left key to change the quality.<br />
Please note that the selected print quality determines<br />
the maximum speed of the machine.<br />
This setting can be locked, so that a print quality<br />
setting, send from the PC is ignored. To lock this<br />
setting, select this line and press the Ok key for<br />
four seconds. A symbol appears next to the quality<br />
setting, showing that it is locked now.<br />
To unlock the setting select this line again and press<br />
the Ok key for four seconds. The symbol<br />
disappears again.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 29
7: Print direction This line shows the set print direction.<br />
Nor The print layout is printed in normal direction.<br />
Rev The print layout is printed 180° turned.<br />
Please refer to the section “Printer Menu” of this<br />
manual, to get more detailed information about print<br />
direction (JOB PARAMETERS > LAYOUT ><br />
ORIENTATION).<br />
This setting can be locked, so that a print direction<br />
setting, send from the PC is ignored. To lock this<br />
setting, select this line and press the Ok key for<br />
four seconds. A symbol appears next to the<br />
direction setting, showing that it is locked now.<br />
To unlock the setting select this line again and press<br />
the Ok key for four seconds. The symbol<br />
disappears again.<br />
8: Status This line shows the printer status and the used<br />
interface.<br />
OnlinUSB The printer is ready to receive print data<br />
from the PC via the USB interface. No changes to<br />
printer settings via a printer menu can be made when<br />
the printer is Online.<br />
OnlinTCP The printer is ready to receive print data<br />
from the PC via the Ethernet interface. No changes to<br />
printer settings via a printer menu can be made when<br />
the printer is Online.<br />
Offline The printer menus can be accessed and<br />
changes to settings can be made when the printer is<br />
Offline.<br />
Changing from OnlinUSB or OnlinTCP to Offline: Hit<br />
the Cancel key.<br />
Changing from Offline to Online: Select this line<br />
(line 8) in the main menu (see Figure 10) by hitting<br />
the Cancel key or using the arrow down key and<br />
then hit the Ok key.<br />
30 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 48 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/4.4.3_Additional Display Texts_Error_Warning_MSG_HINWEIS_Systeme @ 2\mod_1275402249272_912.doc @ 17861 @<br />
Pos: 49 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.6_Ü2_Interfaces @ 0\mod_1254127277720_912.doc @ 3816 @ 2<br />
9: Ink level cartridge The height of the bars, shows the amount of ink left<br />
per cartridge.<br />
To see the exact percentage of ink left, select one of<br />
the bars with the arrow left key. To manually<br />
change the amount of ink left in the cartridge, change<br />
the value with the arrow up or arrow down keys.<br />
You can access the cartridge menu by selecting one of<br />
the bars with the arrow left key and hitting the Ok<br />
key. In this menu you can reset the amount of ink<br />
to 100% or change the ink type.<br />
Note:<br />
The number of bars shown, depends on your printer<br />
model and its configuration.<br />
Additional display texts<br />
Under certain circumstances additional texts may be shown in the<br />
display. Please see chapter 11.14 Additional display texts, on page<br />
195<br />
Error and warning messages<br />
Under certain circumstances error or warning messages may be<br />
shown in the display. Please see chapter 8.4.2 on page 160 and<br />
chapter 8.4 on page 152 for a complete overview of all messages.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 31
Pos: 50 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/4.6a_Ü3_Anschlüsse_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase_ONLY_619 @ 2\mod_1269851044039_912.doc @ 14020 @<br />
4.4 Interfaces<br />
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9<br />
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18<br />
Figure 11: Interfaces Control unit<br />
1 F635 / 2700<br />
2 18 F<br />
3 AF 500<br />
4 AUX<br />
Connection (Start/Stop) for a<br />
Streamfeeder 2007 or a<br />
RENA Dreamfeeder version before<br />
2007 (max. 100mA)<br />
Connection (Start/Stop) for a<br />
FBM 18 F Feeder<br />
(max. 42V / 500mA)<br />
Connection (Start/Stop) for AF 500<br />
(max. 42V / 500mA)<br />
Feeder connection (Start/Stop)<br />
(max. 42V / 500mA)<br />
5 Relay 1 / 2<br />
Relay outputs for controlling<br />
external devices (e.g. batch kicker<br />
or feeder) (max. 42V / 1A)<br />
10 TOF<br />
11 Encoder<br />
Connection for the paper sensor<br />
(Top of form)<br />
Connection for the encoder wheel<br />
12 Statuslight<br />
13 USB<br />
Connection for Neopost signal<br />
lamp (optical signal lamp) (see<br />
section Consumables and<br />
Accessories for more details)<br />
USB 2.0 interface to the PC for<br />
sending print data<br />
14 Conveyor<br />
Serial interface (start, stop &<br />
speed) to a Neopost CSV-810<br />
(conveyor)<br />
32 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 51 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.6b_Ü2_(Ü3)_Emergency stop connection @ 0\mod_1254129198454_912.doc @ 3831 @ 2<br />
6 Input 1 / 2<br />
Signal inputs that can be used to<br />
send information to the printer<br />
(e.g. is the upstream device<br />
running)<br />
7 Emergency Stop<br />
Interfaces for emergency stop<br />
system (see next section for a<br />
detailed description)<br />
8 Servo Control<br />
Not used<br />
9 Belt Motor<br />
Connection for the Base conveyor<br />
belt motor<br />
15 Control<br />
16 Centaur<br />
17 Feeder<br />
18 TCP/IP<br />
Serial interface to the PC for<br />
control command, status feedbacks<br />
and service purposes. Cannot be<br />
used to send print data to the<br />
printer.<br />
Serial interface to the Neopost<br />
Centaur bulk ink system<br />
Serial interface to the Neopost<br />
feeder (start, stop, speed and gap<br />
determination)<br />
Ethernet (TCP/IP) interface for<br />
sending print data<br />
Belt Motor<br />
Connection for the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> Control unit belt motor<br />
Emergency Stop<br />
Interface for the emergency stop connection (see chapter 4.5<br />
Emergency stop connection, on page 36).<br />
Interface Conveyor<br />
Not used<br />
EXT In/Out<br />
Not used<br />
Figure 12: Interfaces<br />
Base conveyor<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 33
Pos: 52 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/4.6b_Sicherheitsschaltung Vorwort_Drucker @ 1\mod_1260879100054_912.doc @ 8462 @<br />
Pos: 53 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.6b_Ü3_(Ü4)_Emergency stop connection_modes_CORRECTED @ 3\mod_1297862150511_912.doc @ 30360 @ 3333<br />
4.5 Emergency stop connection<br />
If the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> printer is used in connection with other Neopost devices like the<br />
Neopost CSV-810conveyor, the Neopost FD-13/FD-15 Feeder or even with upstream or<br />
downstream inline devices from other non-Neopost manufacturers, the machines can be<br />
connected to ensure a simultan emergency stop.<br />
According to the chosen machine combination, the different emergency stop wirings are<br />
explained here.<br />
Emergency stop connection via serial connection<br />
If this Neopost printer is connected to another Neopost device via a<br />
serial connection, this connection will act as an emergency stop<br />
connection as well.<br />
But it is recommended to always connect the devices with the<br />
emergency stop wirings as explained here.<br />
4.5.1 Stand-alone operation<br />
Strapping plug ‘Out’<br />
4141957N<br />
Strapping plug ‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
Strapping plug ‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
4.5.2 Operation with one additional Neopost device<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
Strapping plug ‘In/Extern’ 4141958P<br />
Connection cable<br />
4141959Q<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘Out’<br />
4141957N<br />
4.5.3 Operation with several additional Neopost devices<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
2 x Connection cable<br />
4141959Q<br />
2 x Strapping plug ‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘Out’<br />
4141957N<br />
34 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 54 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.6c_Ü3_How to activate the emergency stop function @ 2\mod_1268668633269_912.doc @ 13473 @ 3<br />
Pos: 55 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/4.6d_HINWEIS_emergency stop function_Drucker @ 2\mod_1268724307638_912.doc @ 13493 @<br />
Pos: 56 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/5.0_Ü1_Initial start-up of the device @ 0\mod_1246014198984_912.doc @ 1931 @ 1<br />
4.5.4 Operation with other, non-Neopost devices<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘Out’<br />
4141957N<br />
Strapping plug<br />
‘In/Extern’<br />
4141958P<br />
Open 5-pin connection cable 9200561S<br />
The devices works only when the input to pin 1 and pin 2<br />
are closed. The input signal must be potential-free (dry<br />
contact only, no voltage).<br />
In case of an emergency stop, the device will close the relay<br />
contact 3 and 4 (max. 48V, 500mA).<br />
The print system should always be the first device in the emergency<br />
connection chain.<br />
4.5.5 How to activate the emergency stop function<br />
Emergency<br />
stop function<br />
If an unexpected error occurs, you can stop the printer by hitting the red<br />
emergency stop button. All devices connected within the emergency loop<br />
will instantly stop and the green release button will start to flash fast.<br />
If there is no emergency stop loop connection (Stand-alone operation),<br />
only the affected device will stop.<br />
The emergency stop function does not disconnect the device<br />
from the mains power!<br />
Do not open or try to repair the device while in emergency<br />
stop mode. Unplug the device from the wall outlet before<br />
performing any service.<br />
Restart the<br />
device<br />
To restart the device, unlock the red emergency button by turning it<br />
clockwise and then press the green emergency release button.<br />
Now the device can be started normally again.<br />
If the emergency stop function gets activated while printing, the<br />
printer will stop instantly within the print job. The affected page<br />
impression will get lost, but the rest of the print job may be resumed.<br />
To stop and pause the print job in a more controlled way, please use<br />
the Cancel button.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 35
Pos: 57 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/5.0_print_first_test_page @ 1\mod_1263302633152_912.doc @ 10181 @<br />
Pos: 58 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/5.2d_Ü2_How to power-on the device @ 0\mod_1250856526091_912.doc @ 2869 @ 2<br />
Pos: 59 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/5.2d_Power-on the device_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1265969207771_912.doc @ 12022 @<br />
Pos: 60 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/5.2_Ü2_How to install the ink cartridges _ MEHRERE PATRONEN @ 1\mod_1260880358807_912.doc @ 8482 @ 2<br />
5 Initial start-up of the device<br />
This section describes all the necessary steps to print the first test page with your Neopost<br />
<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>.<br />
5.1 How to power-on the device<br />
Turn on the control unit with the on/off switch located on the<br />
Afterwards turn on the vacuum suction of the conveyor belt.<br />
rear side of the device.<br />
The printer will start an initialization and present the following messages (from top to<br />
bottom):<br />
Message<br />
Loader -01<br />
Version#1.1.xx#<br />
STARTING APPLICATION<br />
Version 4.7.xx –PPC<br />
Printer<br />
Initialization<br />
EMERGENCY BUTTON SHOULD BE<br />
RELE<strong>AS</strong>ED!<br />
CODE: 49<br />
Note<br />
Initialization of the monitor software. The version<br />
number may differ.<br />
Initialization of the printer firmware. The version<br />
number may differ.<br />
Initialization of the printer functions.<br />
Press the green emergency release button of the<br />
control unit. If the message does not disappear; check<br />
the emergency connections and the strapping plugs.<br />
Please wait...<br />
CHECK CARTRID1,2,3U1<br />
INSERT ALL CARTRIDG!<br />
CODE: 25<br />
If a Neopost feeder is connected<br />
and turned on:<br />
Feeder online at serial interface<br />
If no Neopost feeder is<br />
connected and turned on:<br />
No device connected at serial<br />
interface<br />
Initialization.<br />
This notification is only shown when no cartridges are<br />
inserted in the printer.<br />
This notification will only be displayed if a Neopost FD-<br />
13/FD-15 feeder is connected to the printer and<br />
turned on.<br />
This notification will only be displayed if the Neopost<br />
FD-13/FD-15 feeder is not connected to the printer .<br />
Proceed by pressing the Ok key. The printer will switch to the Online mode and the<br />
display will show the main view.<br />
36 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 61 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/5.2b_How to install the ink cartridge_Allgemein @ 1\mod_1261387630600_912.doc @ 10024 @<br />
5.2 How to install the ink cartridges<br />
Cartridge mounting<br />
The restraining lever ensures a safe contact between the ink cartridge<br />
and the electronics of the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>.<br />
Please do not force the ink cartridge to its final position by hand<br />
To avoid connection problems and damage, please install the<br />
cartridge as seen in Figure 13 and Figure 14.<br />
Figure 13: Inserting the ink cartridge into<br />
the pen stall<br />
Figure 14: Lock the restraining lever<br />
Installing the<br />
ink cartridge<br />
Please put the cartridge into the mounting (pen stall), by cautiously<br />
pushing it downwards in a straight movement. Do not force or press the<br />
cartridge back into its pen stall by hand.<br />
The cartridge should be in a slightly inclined position. The restraining<br />
lever then tilts the cartridge into its final position.<br />
• Open the restraining lever completely.<br />
• Take the ink cartridge out of the packaging and remove the<br />
protection tape from the print nozzles.<br />
• Insert the ink cartridges one after another with the print nozzles<br />
facing downwards - do not push in the direction of the restraining<br />
lever.<br />
• Lock the lever in direction of the arrow as shown in Figure 14.<br />
Thus, the ink cartridge is tilted into its final position, and the<br />
contact is established correctly.<br />
Setting the ink<br />
type<br />
To ensure the best performance of the ink cartridge the correct ink type<br />
must be set up in the printer. To set the ink type open the menu<br />
PRINTER CONFIG. > INK > SET INK TYPE<br />
Handling ink cartridges<br />
Do not touch the contacts or the nozzle plate of an ink cartridge. This<br />
may lead to reduced print quality.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 37
Pos: 62 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/5.1_Ü2_How to position the paper sensor_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1266325835953_912.doc @ 12155 @ 2<br />
Ink cartridges<br />
We recommend to use only supported Neopost inks in connection<br />
with this printer. Refilled ink cartridges may result in bad printing<br />
quality and may damage the printer.<br />
Please see chapter 9.1 Consumables, on page 165 for applicable ink cartridges.<br />
5.3 How to position the paper sensor<br />
The paper sensor detects the edges of each transported print medium. The position has to<br />
be adjusted to the used paper format.<br />
Positioning of<br />
the paper<br />
sensor<br />
• Loosen the knurled screw of the sensor assembly.<br />
• You can slide the sensor along the guide bar. Position it above<br />
your used media, so that it can detect the whole length of each<br />
product. See Figure 15 for different scenarios. The scanning line of<br />
the paper sensor is indicated as a grey line.<br />
• A: Don’t position the paper sensor outside of the product<br />
stream.<br />
• B: Don’t position the sensor above the holes of the belt.<br />
• C: Recommended position of the sensor.<br />
• D: Avoid positioning the paper sensor above preprinted dark<br />
colored elements or above low-contrast areas of the paper. If<br />
necessary perform a “Teach-in” on the sensor as described in<br />
chapter 11.8, on page 187 or use the option PAPER SENSOR, on<br />
page 90 to adjust the behavior of the product detection.<br />
• Test the paper edge detection with a single sheet of paper. Put it<br />
under the sensor by hand. The status LEDs of the sensor will<br />
indicate a product detection.<br />
38 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 63 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/5.3_Ü2_Adjusting Printer to the material thickness_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1265962927805_912.doc @ 12013 @ 2<br />
Print medium<br />
Scanning line of<br />
paper sensor<br />
(schematically)<br />
A<br />
Knurled screw<br />
B<br />
C<br />
D<br />
Paper sensor<br />
(TOF)<br />
Preprinted<br />
element<br />
Figure 15: Positioning of paper sensor (schematically)<br />
Conveyor belt surface<br />
Please assure that the conveyor belt of the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is free<br />
of dirt. Ink staining, misallocated labels or marks on the belt may be<br />
detected as product edges and will lead to misprinted products.<br />
Detection of thick material<br />
The sensor has a pre-adjusted distance of 11 ± 2 mm to the belt<br />
surface. The paper sensor guide bar has to be adjusted in its height<br />
position, if thick products are processed. Please see chapter 11.8 How<br />
to position the paper sensor guide bar, on page 187 for further<br />
information.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 39
Pos: 64 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/5.4_Ü2_How to position the material (print media) @ 1\mod_1264413511276_912.doc @ 10840 @ 2<br />
5.4 How to adjust the printer to the material thickness<br />
To ensure a sharp and clean print quality, you have to adjust the distance from the nozzle<br />
area of the cartridge to the material. Between material surface and the plates of each print<br />
units should be a distance of 0.8 mm / 0.03”.<br />
Scaled<br />
adjustment wheel<br />
Clamp lever<br />
Knurled screw<br />
Figure 16: Print unit, height adjustment<br />
To adjust the printer to the material thickness, perform the following steps:<br />
1. Release the Clamp lever.<br />
2. Raise the print unit to its highest position by turning the scaled adjustment wheel.<br />
3. Place one piece of material between the belt surface and the print unit.<br />
4. Slowly lower the print unit, using the scaled adjustment wheel, until the print unit is<br />
just above the media surface (almost touching).<br />
5. Pre-test your setting by carefully moving the material underneath the print units, by<br />
turning the transport band by hand. If the media does not passes without<br />
obstruction; raise the print unit, using the scaled adjustment wheel, until it clears the<br />
material.<br />
6. Secure the Clamp lever.<br />
7. Repeat this process for the other print units.<br />
8. Remove the material from the belt surface.<br />
9. Test the thickness adjustment by performing a PapRUN. To do this, hit the Quick<br />
key and the Arrow left key (Run Paper) together.<br />
Idle print units<br />
Position the idle (unused) print units out of the range of the<br />
transported products to avoid a damage of the cartridges.<br />
40 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 65 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Transportbänder/CSV-810 (Base)/6.1_Einstellungen Materialtransport_Base2.0 @ 0\mod_1254145095802_912.doc @ 3883 @<br />
Pos: 66 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-3060A/5.5_Ü3_Adjusting_the_paper_guide_kit_<strong>AS</strong>-3060A/<strong>AS</strong>-2060/OrbitBase @ 1\mod_1263828962811_912.doc @ 10386 @ 2<br />
Pos: 67 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/5.2_Ü2_How to position the print units_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1266325391520_912.doc @ 12151 @ 2<br />
5.5 How to position the material (print media)<br />
The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> has an integrated vacuum suction to ensure a proper transport of<br />
lightweight and bowed materials.<br />
To enable a smooth transport, the product position and the force of the vacuum suction<br />
have to be adjusted by the user to the requirements of the application.<br />
The integrated suction can be focused on the central area of the conveyor belt, by the use<br />
of the slider (Slider for suction area, see Figure 17). Due to this concentration, the suctions<br />
force increases and small or lightweight products stick to the belt surface (see Figure 17).<br />
Whole area of<br />
vacuum suction<br />
Slider<br />
for suction area<br />
Central area with<br />
focused vacuum<br />
suction<br />
Area with<br />
reduced vacuum<br />
suction for<br />
mounting print<br />
units<br />
(Switch between the<br />
whole and central area<br />
of suction)<br />
Figure 17: Area of vacuum suction (schematical)<br />
The products should be fed centered and parallel to the conveyor. The speed and the height<br />
of upstream and downstream devices have to be adapted to the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>, to avoid<br />
crashes or distortions of the products.<br />
5.6 How to adjust the paper guide kit<br />
The paper guide kit supports an aligned feeding of the materials into the printer. To adjust<br />
it, perform the steps below.<br />
1. Move the two guides apart, to the most outer positions.<br />
2. Feed a single material into the conveyor. Either by hand or by choosing SINGLE<br />
PAPER RUN from the QUICK MENU menu.<br />
3. Move the two guides towards the material and put the edges of material onto the<br />
plates of the guides. Fine adjust the guides so that the edges of the material have<br />
approx. 1 mm clearance.<br />
4. Test your setting by performing a paper run (Quick key + Arrow left key (Run<br />
Paper).<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 41
Pos: 68 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/5.8_Ü2_Width and Height Measurement of the Print Media_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1266229035144_912.doc @ 12043 @ 2<br />
5.7 How to position the print units<br />
Loosen the knurled screws of each print unit. You can now easily slide the units along their<br />
guide bars. Position each unit according to your used media size and to the print area.<br />
In Figure 18 you can see an example print job with a Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> print system with<br />
two print units. The units where positioned according to the paper size and the elements to<br />
print. It is recommended to do a test print, to check the correct position of the printed<br />
element.<br />
Figure 18: Positioning of the print units, top view<br />
(example with two print units)<br />
Print area (schematical)<br />
Idle print units<br />
Position the idle (unused) print units out of the range of the<br />
transported products to avoid a damage of the cartridges.<br />
42 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 69 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/5.7_Ü2_How to set the print direction @ 1\mod_1260881170148_912.doc @ 8511 @ 2<br />
Pos: 70 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/5.7_How to set the print direction_Verweis_Fixed Head Printer/<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1276076390012_912.doc @ 18021 @<br />
Pos: 71 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/5.9_Ü2_Test print_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1267705068969_912.doc @ 12987 @ 2<br />
5.8 How to measure the print media size<br />
The printer continuously monitors the size of the fed products. Therefore the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<br />
<strong>3640</strong> needs to know the dimension of the paper at the beginning of a new print job. The<br />
dimension can either be measured manually or be sent by a software application. The<br />
dimension values are stored in the printer as reference values, until new dimensions are<br />
measured.<br />
Software application<br />
Sending the correct paper dimensions to the printer, is only available<br />
in software application designed to work together with this Neopost<br />
printer.<br />
When you are using a software application that is able to send the dimension, you do not<br />
need to manually measure the paper size. However it is still recommended to carry out this<br />
process in order to verify that the media is being fed and recognized properly by the printer.<br />
When using a software application that is not able to send the correct paper dimension, you<br />
must manually measure and set the paper dimension.<br />
• Manually measure the paper dimension<br />
Please see chapter PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT, on page 54.<br />
• Set paper dimension in software application<br />
Please refer to the manual of your software application.<br />
5.9 How to set the print direction (orientation)<br />
Depending of the direction in which the products are fed into the printer, it could become<br />
necessary to turn the direction of the printed image by 180°. The Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> has a<br />
built-in feature that automatically turns the printed image by 180°. This adjustment can<br />
either be set directly in the printer menu, in the software application used to send the data<br />
to the printer or in the printer driver.<br />
Software application and printer driver<br />
Setting the print direction (orientation), is only available in software<br />
applications and printer drivers designed to work together with<br />
Neopost printers.<br />
• Set the print direction in the printer driver<br />
Please check the setting of your driver.<br />
• Set the print direction (orientation) in the printer menu ORIENTATION, on page 88 for<br />
more details.<br />
• Set the print direction (orientation) in software application<br />
Please refer to the manual of your software application.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 43
5.10 How to perform a test print<br />
The test print function allows a fast test of the print system. The test print can be used to<br />
get a quick impression of the print quality of the inserted ink cartridges. There is no need to<br />
have a connection to a PC to use this function.<br />
SINGLE TEST<br />
PRINT<br />
• Check that no objects are placed on the transport belt.<br />
• Press the Quick key and the arrow up key together.<br />
• The printer will display SINGLE PAPER RUN and ask you to select<br />
between Manual , Feeder and Cancel .<br />
• Select Manual and pass one sheet of paper through the printer.<br />
The size of the paper will be shown in the printer display.<br />
If Feeder is selected the feeder will be used to feed<br />
paper into the printer.<br />
• Pass a second paper through the printer. The <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> will print a<br />
test print.<br />
TEST PRINT<br />
(continuous)<br />
• Check that no objects are placed on the transport belt.<br />
• Press and hold the Quick key and the arrow up key together<br />
for three seconds.<br />
• will be shown in the bottom line of the printer display. Now you<br />
can release the buttons.<br />
• The printer will display and ask you to select between Manual ,<br />
Feeder and Cancel .<br />
• Select Manual and pass one sheet of paper through the printer.<br />
The size of the paper will be shown in the printer display.<br />
If Feeder is selected the feeder will be used to feed<br />
paper into the printer.<br />
• Continue to pass paper through the printer. The <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> will print<br />
a test print onto each paper.<br />
• Press the Canel key to stop the test prints.<br />
44 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 72 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/5.9_Testprint scan_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1266229352682_912.doc @ 12045 @<br />
Pos: 73 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/6.0_Ü1_Printer Menu (firmware V4.8) @ 3\mod_1298994979036_912.doc @ 30615 @ 1<br />
Test print troubleshooting:<br />
• The test printout shows little gaps or thin white lines.<br />
Some print nozzles may be clogged. Please use the CLEAN HEADS function to purge<br />
the nozzles. You may also clean the nozzles using a cleaning cloth. Please see chapter<br />
8.1.2 How to clean an ink cartridge, on page 123 for further information.<br />
• The position of the test print is misplaced.<br />
Please reposition the print units manually.<br />
Figure 19: Test print<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 45
Pos: 74 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/6.0_Introduction_Printer_Menu @ 2\mod_1265890955551_912.doc @ 11914 @<br />
Pos: 75.1 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/0000 Inhaltsverzeichnis_Menü_Drucker @ 0\mod_1253108250855_912.doc @ 3380 @<br />
6 Printer menu (firmware V4.8)<br />
This chapter provides an overview of the menu structure of your Neopost printer, as well as<br />
a description for each single item of the menu.<br />
The index below shows the pages numbers for each item of the menu, as well as the<br />
structure of the printer menu. The indention of a menu items shows its position within the<br />
menu. For example:<br />
SERVICE<br />
HARDWARE TEST<br />
Display<br />
(main menu)<br />
(submenu)<br />
(sub-submenu)<br />
QUICK MENU....................................................................................................................... 49<br />
PRINTER RESET ..................................................................................................49<br />
CLEAR PRINT QUEUE ...........................................................................................50<br />
REPEAT PAGES ...................................................................................................50<br />
PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT .........................................................................................51<br />
SINGLE PAPER RUN .............................................................................................51<br />
RUN PAPER ........................................................................................................51<br />
SINGLE TEST PRINT ............................................................................................52<br />
TEST PRINT........................................................................................................52<br />
CLEAN HEADS.....................................................................................................52<br />
SPEED ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT .........................................................................................53<br />
SHOW L<strong>AS</strong>T ERRORS ...........................................................................................53<br />
MAIN MENU ........................................................................................................................ 54<br />
PRINTER CONFIG................................................................................................................ 55<br />
MAINTENANCE....................................................................................................55<br />
AUTO CLEAN HEADS...........................................................................55<br />
MANUAL PURGE .................................................................................55<br />
KEEP ALIVE .......................................................................................56<br />
DISTANCES ........................................................................................................57<br />
DIST. FD-TOF ....................................................................................57<br />
DIST. TOF-U1....................................................................................58<br />
DIST. U1-U2 / DIST. U2-U3 / DIST. U3-U4 ............................................59<br />
ADJUSTMENTS....................................................................................................60<br />
ADJUSTMENT ENCODER ......................................................................60<br />
ADJUSTMENT STEPS...........................................................................62<br />
PRINT CORR.PATT.............................................................62<br />
CORR. U1-U2 ...................................................................63<br />
CORR. U2-U3 ...................................................................64<br />
CORR. U3-U4 ...................................................................64<br />
CORR. U1 C1-C2...............................................................65<br />
CORR. U1 C2-C3...............................................................65<br />
CORR. U2 C1-C2...............................................................65<br />
CORR. U2 C2-C3...............................................................65<br />
CORR. U3 C1-C2...............................................................66<br />
CORR. U3 C2-C3...............................................................66<br />
CORR. U4 C1-C2...............................................................66<br />
CORR. U4 C2-C3...............................................................66<br />
BOOT DEFAULTS .................................................................................................66<br />
PRINT MIRRORED ..............................................................................67<br />
TEXT ROTATION ................................................................................68<br />
PC PROGRAM.....................................................................................68<br />
46 User Manual Version 3.1
CENTAUR SEARCH ............................................................................. 68<br />
UNIT of ME<strong>AS</strong>UREM............................................................................ 69<br />
SERIAL Base ..................................................................................... 69<br />
ORDER of UNITS................................................................................ 69<br />
TRANSP. DIRECTION .......................................................................... 70<br />
ENCODER CALIBRATION ..................................................................... 71<br />
No of PRINT UNITS ............................................................................ 71<br />
COMMUNICATION .............................................................................. 71<br />
PAGE DATA SIZE ............................................................................... 72<br />
INK................................................................................................................... 72<br />
SET INK TYPE.................................................................................... 72<br />
RESET INK LEVEL .............................................................................. 73<br />
INK COST CONFIG. ............................................................................ 73<br />
WARMING CARTRIDGE ....................................................................... 74<br />
PREWARMING CARTR. ........................................................................ 74<br />
SET INK SYSTEM ............................................................................... 75<br />
RESET REGULATOR ............................................................................ 75<br />
REPLACE BulkInk ............................................................................... 75<br />
ERROR HANDLING .............................................................................................. 76<br />
SOFT FONT ERROR ............................................................................ 76<br />
SET PAP.TOLERANCE.......................................................................... 76<br />
ERROR LOW INK................................................................................ 77<br />
BEEPER ............................................................................................ 77<br />
AUTOM.PAGE REPEAT......................................................................... 77<br />
I/O SIGNALS ...................................................................................................... 78<br />
AUX. OUTPUT.................................................................................... 78<br />
Relay 1 OUTPUT ................................................................................ 79<br />
Relay 2 OUTPUT ................................................................................ 81<br />
IN 1 INPUT ....................................................................................... 81<br />
IN 2 INPUT ....................................................................................... 81<br />
FEEDER CTRL. MODE.......................................................................... 81<br />
READ & PRINT................................................................................... 82<br />
JOB PARAMETERS................................................................................................................84<br />
PRINT QUALITY .................................................................................................. 84<br />
TRANSPORT PARAM............................................................................................. 85<br />
PAPER SPEED .................................................................................... 85<br />
AUTO PAP SPEED............................................................................... 85<br />
SEPARATION..................................................................................... 86<br />
BELT STOP END JOB........................................................................... 86<br />
BELT STOP MIDDLE............................................................................ 86<br />
PAUSE CONFIG.................................................................................. 86<br />
LAYOUT ............................................................................................................. 87<br />
ORIENTATION ................................................................................... 87<br />
PAPER SIZE ...................................................................................... 87<br />
LEFT MARGIN.................................................................................... 88<br />
FONT PARAMETERS ............................................................................................. 88<br />
FONT ............................................................................................... 88<br />
CHARACTER SPACING ........................................................................ 88<br />
CHARACTER SET................................................................................ 88<br />
TYPE OF BARCODE .............................................................................................. 89<br />
PAPER SENSOR................................................................................................... 89<br />
DOS MODE ........................................................................................................ 90<br />
LINE MODE ....................................................................................... 90<br />
HEX TO <strong>AS</strong>CII ................................................................................... 90<br />
SERVICE ..............................................................................................................................91<br />
SELECT TEST PATT.............................................................................................. 91<br />
HARDWARE TEST................................................................................................ 91<br />
Display............................................................................................. 91<br />
Keyboard.......................................................................................... 91<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 47
Pos: 75.2 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü1/Ü0_0000_Menü_Drucker_QUICK MENU @ 0\mod_1254487154644_912.doc @ 4102 @<br />
Ram.................................................................................................92<br />
Ram Contin. ......................................................................................92<br />
NV-Ram Cont. ...................................................................................92<br />
Encoder ............................................................................................92<br />
Speed Measurment.............................................................................92<br />
Paper Sensor.....................................................................................92<br />
Sensor&Paper Run .............................................................................93<br />
Tracking Sensor.................................................................................93<br />
Cartridges.........................................................................................93<br />
Prewarming.......................................................................................94<br />
PEN Board.........................................................................................94<br />
Centaur ............................................................................................94<br />
Output..............................................................................................94<br />
Input................................................................................................94<br />
Serial Ports .......................................................................................95<br />
LED/Beeper.......................................................................................95<br />
CONFIGURAT. INFO .............................................................................................95<br />
Firmware: .........................................................................................95<br />
Version:............................................................................................95<br />
SerNo.: ............................................................................................95<br />
Model:..............................................................................................96<br />
Feeder : ...........................................................................................96<br />
Belt rev. ...........................................................................................96<br />
Page cnt: ..........................................................................................96<br />
RAM .................................................................................................96<br />
Hardware:.........................................................................................97<br />
USB rev.:..........................................................................................97<br />
PCBA: ..............................................................................................97<br />
Batch: ..............................................................................................97<br />
IP ....................................................................................................97<br />
Port No.:...........................................................................................98<br />
MAC:................................................................................................98<br />
SM...................................................................................................98<br />
GW ..................................................................................................98<br />
Monitor: ...........................................................................................98<br />
Trp.dir.:............................................................................................98<br />
R&P. enab:........................................................................................99<br />
P.mirror:...........................................................................................99<br />
Order Ux: .........................................................................................99<br />
Track. enab:......................................................................................99<br />
Ink grp.:...........................................................................................99<br />
Ink pack: ..........................................................................................99<br />
SERVICE PRINT................................................................................................. 100<br />
Alignment Horiz. .............................................................................. 100<br />
Alignment Vertic. ............................................................................. 100<br />
Encoder Pattern ............................................................................... 100<br />
Simult. PrintUnits............................................................................. 101<br />
Overlapping .................................................................................... 101<br />
Distance Print .................................................................................. 102<br />
Cartr. Print Patt ............................................................................... 102<br />
Print char. set.................................................................................. 105<br />
SETTING DUMP ................................................................................................. 105<br />
INPUT BUFFER DUMP ......................................................................................... 106<br />
DEALER ........................................................................................................... 106<br />
SHOW ERORR MESSAG ...................................................................................... 106<br />
SHOW WARNING MSGS...................................................................................... 106<br />
LANGUAGE ........................................................................................................................ 107<br />
SETTING ........................................................................................................................... 108<br />
48 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.3 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6001_PRINTER RESET_FW_4.8 @ 3\mod_1287746467437_912.doc @ 27909 @<br />
Pos: 75.4 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6002_CLEAR PRINT QUEUE @ 0\mod_1254923958143_912.doc @ 5266 @<br />
QUICK MENU<br />
The Quick<br />
key opens the following menu:<br />
PRINTER RESET<br />
The PRINTER RESET process is used when a print job needs to be cancelled. This process<br />
will clear the PC's spooler by first accepting all print data being sent from the PC application,<br />
deleting them and then resetting the printer internal buffer.<br />
To perform a PRINTER RESET execute the following steps:<br />
• Select PRINTER RESET in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
• CLEAR SPOOLER Select and hit the Ok key.<br />
• Hit the Cancel key.<br />
• The orange Warning LED will blink until all print data is deleted from the spooler.<br />
While deleting the data, the following information are shown in the display:<br />
Data/s<br />
Current transfer rate in bytes per second<br />
o Data/s<br />
Average transfer rate in bytes per second<br />
Total Data<br />
Total data transferred in bytes<br />
Time [ms]<br />
Total time elapsed in seconds<br />
If your print job is large; pressing cancel from the software application<br />
may shorten the time it takes to complete this task.<br />
• When the orange Warning LED stops blinking; check whether your PC application has<br />
sent all print data to the printer. For example check if the progress bar for this print<br />
job reached 100%.<br />
• When the software application shows that all print data has been sent or the job has<br />
been cancelled, hit the Cancel key on the printer.<br />
• The printer will now clear the printer buffer and go back to the QUICK MENU.<br />
Job cancel with PRINTER RESET<br />
Performing a PRINTER RESET is a good way to securely cancel a<br />
running print job. After performing a PRINTER RESET you can start<br />
with a new print job.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 49
Pos: 75.5 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6003_REPEAT PAGES @ 0\mod_1254923973899_912.doc @ 5302 @<br />
Pos: 75.6 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6005_PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT_Base/OrbitB @ 1\mod_1257422328769_912.doc @ 7241 @<br />
CLEAR PRINT QUEUE<br />
Selecting CLEAR PRINT QUEUE will delete all print data within the printer buffer. It will not<br />
delete any print data waiting to be sent from the PC application during a print job.<br />
• Select CLEAR PRINT QUEUE in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
CLEAR PRINT QUEUE during a print job<br />
Make sure to only perform a CLEAR PRINT QUEUE when the PC<br />
application has sent the complete print data. Performing a CLEAR<br />
PRINT QUEUE during a print job will cause a print data error.<br />
REPEAT PAGES<br />
After a print stop (e. g paper jam) some products can’t be used and have to be thrown<br />
away. The REPEAT PAGES function allows the user to easily reprint up to 20 pages (records)<br />
of the print set. Therefore the printer always keeps the data of the last printouts in its<br />
memory.<br />
• After a print stop the printer will go into Offline mode.<br />
• Select REPEAT PAGES in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key<br />
• Using the up or down arrow keys; choose how many pages you want to reprint<br />
• Confirm the value by hitting the Ok key<br />
• Afterwards hit the Cancel key twice<br />
• The printing will continue after switching back to Online mode. The printer will repeat<br />
the chosen amount of pages (records) and will then continue with the print job.<br />
AUTOM.PAGE REPEAT function<br />
You can activate an automatic page repeat function after print stops.<br />
(PRINTER CONFIG. > ERROR HANDLING > AUTOM.PAGE REPEAT)<br />
Double printed pages<br />
Be aware of double printed pages. Please verify the correct sequence<br />
of the printed pages after a printing stop.<br />
After job end<br />
Please be aware that this feature will NOT work after a print job was<br />
finished. Since with the last page of a print job, all job settings are<br />
deleted from the printer.<br />
50 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.7 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6006_SINGLE PAPER RUN_nur für LOG @ 0\mod_1254923963296_912.doc @ 5278 @<br />
Pos: 75.8 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_only with Neopost Feeder @ 2\mod_1267706650377_912.doc @ 12990 @<br />
Pos: 75.9 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6007_RUN PAPER @ 0\mod_1254923965108_912.doc @ 5282 @<br />
Pos: 75.10 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6008_SINGLE TEST PRINT @ 0\mod_1254991839130_912.doc @ 5343 @<br />
PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT<br />
Use this feature to measure and set the paper length for the media you are using. After the<br />
measurement the printer will display the detected paper measurement and store this value<br />
under JOB PARAMETERS > LAYOUT > PAPER SIZE.<br />
• Select PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
If you wish to measure and lock the value in the printer, press the Ok key for 2 seconds<br />
(When the setting is locked the software application can not change the value.).<br />
You can also use the following key combinations:<br />
Quick + Arrow right (short) = PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT<br />
Quick + Arrow right (long) = PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT (locked)<br />
SINGLE PAPER RUN<br />
The printer will feed and transport one page.<br />
• Select SINGLE PAPER RUN in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key,<br />
You can also use the following key combination:<br />
Quick + Arrow left (short) = SINGLE PAPER RUN<br />
This options is only available when a Neopost FD-13/FD-15<br />
Feeder is connected to the print system.<br />
RUN PAPER<br />
The printer will feed and transport paper continuously until you hit the Cancel<br />
key.<br />
• Select RUN PAPER in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
• Hit the Cancel key to stop the printer.<br />
You can also use the following key combination:<br />
Quick + Arrow left (long) = RUN PAPER<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 51
Pos: 75.11 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_only with Neopost Feeder @ 2\mod_1267706650377_912.doc @ 12990 @<br />
Pos: 75.12 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6009_TEST PRINT @ 0\mod_1254923966653_912.doc @ 5286 @<br />
Pos: 75.13 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6010a_CLEAN HEADS_830/930/960/990/Orbit/OrbitB @ 1\mod_1257425319325_912.doc @ 7249 @<br />
Pos: 75.14 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6014_SPEED ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT_Non <strong>AS</strong>-700/710/Orbit/OrbitBase @ 0\mod_1254924958754_912.doc @ 5310 @<br />
SINGLE TEST PRINT<br />
The printer will do a single test print with the set test pattern. To see which pattern is set,<br />
go to the menu SERVICE > SELECT TEST PATT..<br />
• Select SINGLE TEST PRINT in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
You can also use the following key combination:<br />
Quick + Arrow up (short) = SINGLE TEST PRINT<br />
This options is only available when a Neopost FD-13/FD-15<br />
Feeder is connected to the print system.<br />
TEST PRINT<br />
The printer will do test prints with the set test pattern. To see which pattern is set go to the<br />
menu SERVICE > SELECT TEST PATT. Please hit the Cancel key to stop the printer.<br />
• Select TEST PRINT in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
• Hit the Cancel key to stop the printer.<br />
You can also use the following key combination:<br />
Quick + Arrow up (long) = TEST PRINT<br />
CLEAN HEADS<br />
The printer will perform a cleaning cycle.<br />
One sheet of paper will be fed into the printer and all printheads will shoot a small amount<br />
of ink onto it. This function is useful to clear clogged nozzles.<br />
Please make sure to put the print units in a position, where the ink will hit the paper.<br />
• Select CLEAN HEADS in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
You can also use the following key combination:<br />
Quick + Arrow down = CLEAN HEADS<br />
52 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.15 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Quick Menü/Ü2_6017_SHOW L<strong>AS</strong>T ERRORS @ 0\mod_1254924965999_912.doc @ 5322 @<br />
Pos: 75.16 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü1/Ü0_0000_MAIN MENU @ 0\mod_1254487458572_912.doc @ 4106 @<br />
SPEED ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT<br />
The printer will start a paper run with the current speed setting. In the display the actual<br />
measured transport speed will be shown in mm/s (millimetres per second) and (feet per<br />
minute). This function is used to check the set transport speed.<br />
• Select SPEED ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
• Hit the Cancel key to stop the measurement.<br />
SHOW L<strong>AS</strong>T ERRORS<br />
The last three error messages and there corresponding error code are shown. In addition to<br />
that the page count at which the error occurred is shown for each error message.<br />
• Select SHOW L<strong>AS</strong>T ERRORS in the QUICK MENU and hit the Ok key.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 53
MAIN MENU<br />
The Home key opens the main menu. Here you can access the following menus:<br />
PRINTER CONFIG.<br />
JOB PARAMETERS<br />
SERVICE<br />
LANGUAGE<br />
SETTING<br />
Pos: 75.17 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü1/Ü1_1000_Menü_Drucker_PRINTER CONFIG. @ 0\mod_1253108079366_912.doc @ 3374 @<br />
54 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.18 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_1100_MAINENANCE @ 0\mod_1254483965167_912.doc @ 4041 @<br />
Pos: 75.20 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1102_MANUAL PURGE @ 0\mod_1254815684362_912.doc @ 4283 @<br />
Pos: 75.21 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Ink stains (Manual Purge, Cartridge Optimization) @ 2\mod_1275989814762_912.doc @ 17933 @<br />
Pos: 75.22 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1109_KEEP ALIVE_FROM_FW_4.8 @ 3\mod_1298357904534_912.doc @ 30543 @<br />
PRINTER CONFIG.<br />
This menu provides access to the following features.<br />
MAINTENANCE<br />
Pos: 75.19 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1101_Auto Clean Heads_830/860/960/990/Orbit/OrbitB @ 0\mod_1254489902659_912.doc @ 4114 @<br />
AUTO CLEAN HEADS<br />
Here you can activate the cleaning of the print cartridge prior to a print job sent from the<br />
PC.<br />
When set to 1st, the printer will perform a purge (print a purge image) onto a product and<br />
then start with the first page of the print job.<br />
off, 1st<br />
Default: off<br />
MANUAL PURGE<br />
This feature allows you to set the Quick<br />
key to perform a cleaning of the ink cartridges.<br />
When set to Quick you can purge the nozzles of all cartridges by pressing the Quick key<br />
for more than 1.5 seconds. This will work when the printer is OFFLINE as well when the<br />
printer is ONLINE, except during a print job.<br />
off, Quick<br />
Default: off<br />
Ink stains<br />
During this process the printer will fire the inkjet nozzles. Make sure<br />
to put a material (e.g. a sheet of paper) under all ink cartridges<br />
before performing this function to avoid staining the belt or other<br />
parts of your machine with ink.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 55
Pos: 75.23 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_1200_DISTANCES @ 0\mod_1254483969855_912.doc @ 4045 @<br />
KEEP ALIVE<br />
Here you can turn on the KEEP ALIVE maintenance function. This function helps to prevent<br />
the ink from drying inside the nozzles of the cartridge.<br />
During print jobs it can happen that some parts (nozzles) of an ink cartridge are not used<br />
on every page. For example when most addresses in a job consist of 5 lines of text but a<br />
few addresses consist of 6 lines of text. The nozzles used to print the 6 th line are therefore<br />
used only every few pages. The not permanent usages may cause the ink inside these<br />
nozzles to dry. The KEEP ALIVE maintenance function helps to avoid that by printing a<br />
pattern of dots across the whole page.<br />
Test before a print job<br />
Please perform a few test prints with this function, to make sure that<br />
the visual effect of the pattern of dots is acceptable for your print job.<br />
without Keep Alive<br />
with Keep Alive „high“<br />
Figure 20: Keep Alive function<br />
Option<br />
off<br />
low<br />
medium<br />
high<br />
Note<br />
No pattern of dots is printed.<br />
No nozzles maintenance.<br />
A faint pattern of dots is printed.<br />
Low nozzle maintenance.<br />
A more noticeable pattern of dots is printed.<br />
Medium nozzle maintenance.<br />
A stronger pattern of dots is printed.<br />
High nozzle maintenance.<br />
Default: off<br />
56 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.24 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1206_DIST.FD-TOF_<strong>AS</strong>-2060/Orbit/OrbitBase @ 0\mod_1254749918717_912.doc @ 4245 @<br />
Pos: 75.25 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1207_DIST.TOF-U1 @ 0\mod_1254749915826_912.doc @ 4241 @<br />
DISTANCES<br />
The DISTANCES menu is used to provide the printer with the physical distances between the<br />
different components in the system.<br />
DIST. FD-TOF<br />
Here the distance between the feeder and Top of Form sensor (paper sensor) can be<br />
adjusted (mm/inch). Setting the proper value will allow the printer to control the start/stop<br />
function of an interfaced feeder more precisely. For example this feature will help eliminate<br />
the feeding of blank media at the end of a print job.<br />
The maximum value is 1200 mm / 47.9”.<br />
Default: 410 mm / 16.1”<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 57
DIST. TOF-U1<br />
Here the distance between the Top of Form (TOF) sensor (paper sensor) and the first<br />
cartridge of the first print (U1) unit has to be set (mm/inch). The value is important to<br />
obtain the exact horizontal starting position of the printed images. Wrong values will result<br />
in print positions which do not match the horizontal positions you have set via your software<br />
application.<br />
Use an appropriate ruler or a measuring tape to determine the distance (LS DIST), as<br />
shown in Figure 21. Then use the test to verify the correct setting, as shown in Figure 22.<br />
The TOF sensor is also known as the Light Sensor (LS). The measuring<br />
points used to obtain the "DIST. TOF-U1" value are referenced as "LS<br />
DIST" in Figure 21 below.<br />
The maximum value is 200.9 mm / 7,99”.<br />
Default: 90.1 mm / 3.55”<br />
Figure 21: Distances between TOF sensor (LS) and U1-U4<br />
To check the accuracy of the DIST. TOF-U1 setting, press Quick + Arrow up (Test<br />
Print) while in the DIST. TOF-U1 menu. The printer will now print a service test page (see<br />
Figure 22). Measure the distance between the left edge of the media and the bar. It should<br />
equal 10 mm. If not adjust the DIST. TOF-U1 value.<br />
58 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.26 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1208_1210_DIST.U1-U2 / DIST.U2-U3 / DIST.U3-U4 @ 0\mod_1254749911701_912.doc @ 4237 @<br />
Figure 22: DIST. TOF-U1 service test page<br />
DIST. U1-U2 / DIST. U2-U3 / DIST. U3-U4<br />
Since the absolute position of the print units depends on the installation of the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<br />
<strong>3640</strong>, the distances between the print units can vary. Therefore the distances have to be<br />
measured with an appropriate ruler or a measuring tape. Figure 23 shows the required<br />
distances between the print units.<br />
The values must be adjusted at the first initiation of the print system. Fine adjustments<br />
should be made with the use of the option PRINTER CONFIG. > ADJUSTMENTS ><br />
ADJUSTMENT STEPS > CORR. U1-U2/CORR. U2-U3/CORR. U3-U4.<br />
The maximum value is 200 mm / 7.87”.<br />
Default: 164,9 mm / 6.49”<br />
Minimum paper width<br />
This option directly influences the minimal paper width limit.<br />
Figure 23: Distances between the units U1-U4<br />
Pos: 75.27 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte<br />
Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_1300_ADJUSTMENTS @ 1\mod_1260954224542_912.doc @ 8611 @<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 59
ADJUSTMENTS<br />
Pos: 75.28 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1301_ADJUSTMENT ENCODER_ONLY_619 @ 1\mod_1260952862269_912.doc @ 8604 @<br />
ADJUSTMENT ENCODER<br />
Menu active<br />
This menu is only shown (active) in the menu, when PRINTER CONFIG. ><br />
BOOT DEFAULTS > ENCODER CALIBRATION is set to on.<br />
This feature is used to set a calibration value for the encoder. The encoder captures the<br />
movement of the transport system. An accurate capturing of the movement is necessary to<br />
achieve a good print quality.<br />
Option<br />
PRINT REFERENCE<br />
SET CALIBRATION<br />
RESET CALIBRATION<br />
Note<br />
Starts the printing of the reference print.<br />
The measured calibration value can be entered here.<br />
Resets the calibration back to the default settings.<br />
Adjust carefully!<br />
An adjustment of the encoder is only necessary when there are<br />
uniform variations visible in the printed image.<br />
When performing an adjustment of the encoder, change the<br />
calibration in small steps only and enter only actual measured values<br />
(see Figure 25).<br />
An exceptionally low or high calibration value can cause printer<br />
malfunctions (e.g. the paper measurement could obtain wrong<br />
values).<br />
Printing the printer internal test pattern no. 2 (SERVICE > SELECT TEST PATT.), is an easy<br />
way to obtain a printout suitable for assessing possible variations in the encoder<br />
adjustment. See Figure 24 below, for an example printout, which would require an<br />
adjustment of the encoder.<br />
60 User Manual Version 3.1
Figure 24: Adjustment of encoder necessary<br />
How to adjust the encoder:<br />
• Select PRINT REFERENCE and print the reference print.<br />
Please note that this is a reference print. It will always be printed without any<br />
calibration values and will therefore not change.<br />
Material size<br />
A material with a minimum size of 297 mm respectively 11” in<br />
transport direction is required to perform the reference print.<br />
• On the reference print, measure the distance between the left edge of the first bar<br />
and the left edge of the last bar (see Figure 25).<br />
• Select SET CALIBRATION and enter the measured value here. Confirm it with the Ok<br />
key. The last digit of your entered value might be rounded to the next printer<br />
conform value.<br />
• Correct any minor variations, in the printed image that may still be visible and occur<br />
on several pages in a row, with the ADJUSTMENT GAP and ADJUSTMENT STEPS<br />
settings.<br />
Figure 25: Encoder Adjustment<br />
After a successful adjustment of the encoder, a printout of the test pattern no. 2 will look<br />
like Figure 26.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 61
Pos: 75.29 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1303_ADJUSTMENT STEPS @ 0\mod_1254483974277_912.doc @ 4053 @<br />
Figure 26: Adjusted encoder<br />
ADJUSTMENT STEPS<br />
Pos: 75.30 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130301_PRINT CORR. PATT._Systeme @ 1\mod_1255700246238_912.doc @ 6673 @<br />
PRINT CORR.PATT.<br />
This correction pattern is a test printout which allows the user to detect easily the right<br />
correction offset. By pressing the Ok key, the printer asks for the available paper source.<br />
After choosing between the options “Feeder” (the feeder will dispense one sheet of paper)<br />
or “Manual” (the user has to put on paper manually) the printer will start the test print.<br />
This kind of calibration may become necessary since a completely tolerance-free production<br />
of a print unit is not possible. Slight deviations due to manufacturing tolerances can be<br />
balanced via the software of the control device. Calibration can only be carried out at the<br />
installed device and can therefore not be performed by the manufacturer.<br />
Figure 27 shows an example of this correction pattern. Each column of the printout<br />
represents a possible correction value. The user has to choose the pair of bars that matches<br />
best. The number above the chosen column represents the correction value for the<br />
unit/cartridge combination of the correspondent row (please note that already entered<br />
correction values will not have any effect on this test pattern. The test printout is used as a<br />
reference to detect offsets between the units/cartridges).<br />
62 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.31 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130302_CORR. U1-U2 @ 0\mod_1254842361739_912.doc @ 4645 @<br />
Figure 27: PRINT CORR.PATT. for systems with two print units (6 cartridge positions)<br />
To perform this print, all ink cartridges must be inserted in the<br />
printer.<br />
CORR. U1-U2<br />
To ensure the best possible alignment between the print areas of unit U1 and U2, their<br />
relative horizontal print positions can be calibrated. This adjustment becomes necessary if<br />
there are small offsets in the vertical lines between two print units.<br />
The correction values can be adjusted in a range between +50 and -50. One<br />
step = 0.08 mm (1/300’’).<br />
Press the Quick and the Test Print (Test Print)keys at the same time to perform a<br />
TEST PRINT. Use this test print to adjust the horizontal alignment between the units.<br />
Positive values will shift the print start of unit U1 a step to the right (relatively to unit U2),<br />
negative values will move it to the left (relatively to unit U2). You can also use the PRINT<br />
CORR.PATT. test to analyze the offset between the print units.<br />
Figure 28 shows a test print that requires a slight adjustment to the left (decrease<br />
correction value).<br />
The entered correction values influence the print start of all three inserted cartridges. In<br />
case of offsets between single cartridges, please follow the instructions of the following<br />
chapters CORR. U1 C1-C2 and CORR. U1 C2-C3.<br />
-50, -49, ... 0, ..., +49, +50<br />
Default: 0<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 63
Pos: 75.32 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130302 / 130305_NOTE: Recommended adjustment sequence_<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/<strong>AS</strong>_Orbit Base @ 3\mod_1281687130292_912.doc @ 25653 @<br />
Pos: 75.33 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130303_CORR. U2-U3 @ 0\mod_1254842368426_912.doc @ 4661 @<br />
Pos: 75.34 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130304_CORR. U3-U4 @ 0\mod_1254908702822_912.doc @ 4803 @<br />
Pos: 75.35 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130305_CORR. U1 C1-2 @ 0\mod_1254842369629_912.doc @ 4665 @<br />
Figure 28: Horizontal alignment U1-U2<br />
Recommended adjustment sequence<br />
First verifying that the proper distance values (DIST. U1-U2, DIST.<br />
U2-U3, DIST. U3-U4, in the PRINTER CONFIG. > DISTANCES menu)<br />
have been set between print units.<br />
Then provide the fine adjustments by setting the offset values<br />
"between print units" (CORR. U1-U2, CORR. U2-U3, CORR. U3-U4)<br />
before adjusting the offset values "between cartridges" (CORR. U1<br />
C1-C2, CORR. U1 C2-C3) within a print unit.<br />
CORR. U2-U3<br />
The (horizontal) correction between the units U2-U3 are adjusted in the same way as<br />
described for the units U1-U2. Please see CORR. U1-U2 for adjustment details.<br />
Default: 0<br />
CORR. U3-U4<br />
The (horizontal) correction between the units U3-U4 are adjusted in the same way as<br />
described for the units U1-U2. Please see CORR. U1-U2 for adjustment details.<br />
Default: 0<br />
64 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.36 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130302 / 130305_NOTE: Recommended adjustment sequence_<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/<strong>AS</strong>_Orbit Base @ 3\mod_1281687130292_912.doc @ 25653 @<br />
Pos: 75.37 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130307_CORR. U1 C2-3 @ 0\mod_1254842367442_912.doc @ 4657 @<br />
Pos: 75.38 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü4_130309-130310_CORR. U2 C1-2 / U2 C2-3 / U3 C1-2 /U3 C2-3 / U4 C1-2 / U4 C2-3_<strong>AS</strong>-2060/Orbit/OrbitB @ 0\mod_1254908701962_912.doc @ 4791 @<br />
CORR. U1 C1-C2<br />
Here offset values between the cartridge C1 and C2 of print unit U1 can be set. The<br />
correction function is comparable to that of the menu item “CORR. U1-U2”.<br />
The correction values can be adjusted in a range between +24 and -24. One<br />
step = 0.08 mm ( 1 / 300 ’’). Use the PRINT CORR.PATT. test to analyze the offset between the<br />
print units.<br />
Positive values will shift the print start of cartridge C1 a step to the right (relatively to<br />
cartridge C2), negative values will move it to the left (relatively to cartridge C2).<br />
-24, -23, ... 0, ..., +23, +24<br />
Default: 0<br />
Recommended adjustment sequence<br />
First verifying that the proper distance values (DIST. U1-U2, DIST.<br />
U2-U3, DIST. U3-U4, in the PRINTER CONFIG. > DISTANCES menu)<br />
have been set between print units.<br />
Then provide the fine adjustments by setting the offset values<br />
"between print units" (CORR. U1-U2, CORR. U2-U3, CORR. U3-U4)<br />
before adjusting the offset values "between cartridges" (CORR. U1<br />
C1-C2, CORR. U1 C2-C3) within a print unit.<br />
CORR. U1 C2-C3<br />
The (horizontal) correction between the cartridges C2 and C3 of print unit U1 can be set in<br />
the same way as described in CORR. U1 C1-C2.<br />
Default: 0<br />
CORR. U2 C1-C2<br />
(Will only be displayed in systems with 2 and more print units).<br />
Same function as in CORR. U1 C1-C2.<br />
Default: 0<br />
CORR. U2 C2-C3<br />
(Will only be displayed in systems with 2 and more print units).<br />
Same function as in CORR. U1 C1-C2.<br />
Default: 0<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 65
Pos: 75.39 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_1500_BOOT_DEFAULTS @ 0\mod_1254483976902_912.doc @ 4057 @<br />
Pos: 75.40 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_BOOT DEFAULTS settings remain after printer reset @ 2\mod_1275288488760_912.doc @ 17703 @<br />
Pos: 75.41 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1501_PRINT MIRRORED @ 0\mod_1254912883626_912.doc @ 4839 @<br />
CORR. U3 C1-C2<br />
(Will only be displayed in systems with 3 and more print units).<br />
Same function as in CORR. U1 C1-C2.<br />
Default: 0<br />
CORR. U3 C2-C3<br />
(Will only be displayed in systems with 3 and more print units).<br />
Same function as in CORR. U1 C1-C2.<br />
Default: 0<br />
CORR. U4 C1-C2<br />
(Will only be displayed in systems with 4 and more print units).<br />
Same function as in CORR. U1 C1-C2.<br />
Default: 0<br />
CORR. U4 C2-C3<br />
(Will only be displayed in systems with 4 and more print units).<br />
Same function as in CORR. U1 C1-C2.<br />
Default: 0<br />
BOOT DEFAULTS<br />
All settings made in this menu apply for all print jobs and are retained after switching off<br />
the printer.<br />
• Select BOOT DEFAULTS in the PRINTER CONFIG. menu and hit the Ok key. You will<br />
be presented the following choices:<br />
BOOT DEFAULTS settings remain after printer reset<br />
The settings in the BOOT DEFAULTS menu cannot be changed by<br />
resetting the machine (neither by a "Non-Mechanical Reset" nor by a<br />
"Defaul Reset"). The boot default settings have to be changed in the<br />
BOOT DEFAULTS menu.<br />
66 User Manual Version 3.1
PRINT MIRRORED<br />
When set to on, all elements (text and graphic) sent to the printer will be printed mirrorinverted.<br />
This can be used to print on the backside of a transparent material, like foil. The<br />
figures below show the different settings.<br />
on, off<br />
Default: off<br />
Figure 29 - Figure 32 show different combinations of the PRINT MIRRORED option and the<br />
ORIENTATION standard option (JOB PARAMETERS > LAYOUT).<br />
Figure 29: Regular print / Direction Nor<br />
Figure 30: Mirrored print / Direction Nor<br />
Figure 31: Regular print / Direction Rev<br />
Figure 32: Mirrored print / Direction Rev<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 67
Pos: 75.42 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Feature_nur_über_update+ab_FW_4.4 @ 3\mod_1280129490446_912.doc @ 24299 @<br />
Pos: 75.43 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1502_TEXT ROTATION @ 0\mod_1254908699431_912.doc @ 4755 @<br />
Pos: 75.44 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1504_PC PROGRAMM @ 0\mod_1254489913867_912.doc @ 4168 @<br />
Pos: 75.45 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1505_CENTAUR SEARCH @ 0\mod_1254908700212_912.doc @ 4767 @<br />
Pos: 75.46 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1506_UNIT of ME<strong>AS</strong>UREM. @ 0\mod_1254489917899_912.doc @ 4172 @<br />
This is not a factory-provided feature and is only available by<br />
feature update.<br />
You can check the available features in the CONFIGURAT. INFO menu<br />
(SERVICE). Only available features will be shown in this menu! Please<br />
contact your authorised Neopost dealer for further information. The<br />
ability to add "Feature updates” is only available with Firmware V4.4<br />
or higher.<br />
TEXT ROTATION<br />
When this function is turned on, the data throughput is increased when printing rotated<br />
texts. For example rotated by 90 degrees.<br />
on, off<br />
Default: off<br />
Function support by PC software<br />
This function should only be turned on when the PC software used to<br />
send the data to the printer supports this function.<br />
PC PROGRAM<br />
Some applications require that you set this option to special.<br />
Option<br />
standard<br />
special<br />
Note<br />
For Microsoft Windows applications<br />
For Cobra, Oracle user<br />
Default: standard<br />
CENTAUR SEARCH<br />
Here you can set if the printer should search for the CENTAUR Bulk Ink System every time<br />
the printer is turned on.<br />
on, off<br />
Default: off<br />
Without Centaur system<br />
When working without the Centaur system, keep this menu set to<br />
off, since the search for a Centaur system increases the time the<br />
printer needs to start.<br />
68 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.47 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1509_SERIAL B<strong>AS</strong>E_OrbitBase, 620, 630 @ 1\mod_1256545841025_912.doc @ 7063 @<br />
c<br />
Pos: 75.48 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1511_ORDER of UNITS @ 0\mod_1254908699962_912.doc @ 4763 @<br />
UNIT of ME<strong>AS</strong>UREM.<br />
Here you can choose between „millimeter“ and „inch[feet/min]“ as unit of length. All<br />
length and size settings in the printer will be displayed in the unit set in the menu.<br />
SERIAL Base<br />
This option is helpful for users who want to connect an additional upstream/downstream<br />
Neopost CSV-810 (Base) conveyor. The print system can synchronize the start/stop and<br />
speed signals for one conveyor.<br />
Option<br />
downstream<br />
upstream<br />
Note<br />
The Neopost CSV-810 (Base)is installed behind the<br />
print system (inline).<br />
The Neopost CSV-810 (Base) is installed in front of<br />
the print system (inline).<br />
This menu is only shown when, a serial connected, Neopost CSV-<br />
810 conveyor is detected by the printer.<br />
ORDER of UNITS<br />
If you wish to put two print units, of your printer, onto one mounting bar, you have to<br />
choose U1=U3/U2=U4 in this menu. This setting will make sure that all the data are sent to<br />
the printer at the correct time. This feature is useful when the space for mounting the print<br />
units is limited or you require more space on the transportation system to mount additional<br />
equipment, like a dryer. See Figure 33 to see the standard (default) mounting positions<br />
and the U1=U3/U2=U4 mounting positions of the print units.<br />
default, U1=U3/U2=U4<br />
Default: default<br />
Arrangement of print areas<br />
When putting two print units onto one mounting bar the minimal<br />
distance between the print area of unit U1 and unit U3 (unit U2 and<br />
unit U4) is 154 mm.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 69
Pos: 75.49 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Feature_nur_über_update+ab_FW_4.7 @ 3\mod_1280129486147_912.doc @ 24293 @<br />
Pos: 75.50 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1512_TRANSP. DIRECTION @ 0\mod_1254908699681_912.doc @ 4759 @<br />
Pos: 75.51 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1513_ENCODER CALIBRATION_ONLY_619 @ 1\mod_1261051216591_912.doc @ 8883 @<br />
Standard<br />
U1 U2 U3 U4<br />
Alternative position<br />
U1/U3 U2/U4<br />
Figure 33: Order of print units<br />
This is not a factory-provided feature and is only available by<br />
feature update.<br />
You can check the available features in the CONFIGURAT. INFO menu<br />
(SERVICE). Only available features will be shown in this menu! Please<br />
contact your authorised Neopost dealer for further information. The<br />
ability to add "Feature updates” is only available with Firmware V4.7<br />
or higher.<br />
TRANSP. DIRECTION<br />
Here you can set the direction of the material transport. The direction is always viewed from<br />
the side of the operator. (When the operator stands in front of the printer so that he has the<br />
control panel in front of him.)<br />
After changing the transport direction, you will be asked to reset the printer. To do this turn<br />
off the printer and then on again.<br />
Direction<br />
L2R<br />
R2L<br />
Note<br />
The material enters the printer from the left and exits<br />
at the right.<br />
The material enters the printer from the right and<br />
exits at the left.<br />
Default: L2R<br />
70 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.52 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1514_No. of PRINT UNITS @ 0\mod_1254837072032_912.doc @ 4625 @<br />
Pos: 75.53 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1515_COMMUNICATION_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1283333962340_912.doc @ 27443 @<br />
Pos: 75.54 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1517_PAGE DATA SIZE_FROM_FW_4.8 @ 3\mod_1297871830429_912.doc @ 30350 @<br />
ENCODER CALIBRATION<br />
Here you can turn on or off the manual calibration of the encoder.<br />
This menu must be set to on in order to be able to use the menu<br />
ADJUSTMENT ENCODER.<br />
Option<br />
on<br />
off<br />
Note<br />
The manually entered calibration value will be used.<br />
The printer’s factory default calibration will be used.<br />
Default: off<br />
No of PRINT UNITS<br />
Here you can set the number of print units, you use in your configuration of the printer.<br />
After changing the number of print units, the printer will ask you to turn it off and on again.<br />
COMMUNICATION<br />
This feature is used to select the interface used for the communication between the printer<br />
and the PC. Select the interface and press the Ok key.<br />
Option<br />
USB<br />
TCP/IP<br />
dynamic IP<br />
fix IP<br />
Note<br />
The USB interface will be used.<br />
The TCP/IP interface will be used.<br />
dynamic IP<br />
Port Number<br />
Default: 9100<br />
fix IP<br />
Port Number<br />
Default: 9100<br />
IP Address<br />
Default: 192.168.50.180<br />
Subnet Mask<br />
Default: 255.255.255.000<br />
Gateway IP Address<br />
Default: 192.168.50.252<br />
Default: USB<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 71
Pos: 75.55 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_1600_INK @ 0\mod_1253108139897_912.doc @ 3377 @<br />
Pos: 75.56 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1601_SET INK TYPE_Freigabe Level 0_FW_4.8 @ 0\mod_1254912883313_912.doc @ 4835 @<br />
PAGE DATA SIZE<br />
This menu is used to select how much of the printer memory should be reserved for storing<br />
pages. If the feature AUTOM.PAGE REPEAT is used and the job contains with large graphics it<br />
is recommended to set PAGE DATA SIZE to maxim.<br />
Option<br />
default<br />
level1<br />
level2<br />
maxim<br />
Default: default<br />
Note<br />
Least amount of memory is reserved.<br />
Largest amount of memory is reserved.<br />
INK<br />
Select INK in the PRINTER CONFIG. menu and hit the Ok<br />
the following choices:<br />
key. You will be presented with<br />
SET INK TYPE<br />
Here the used ink type has to be selected. The listed parameters are optimized for the<br />
different Neopost inks. The parameters directly affect the electrical signals from the printer<br />
to the cartridge and are important for a correct ink drop formation.<br />
You can either set one type of ink for all cartridges/units or enter an individual combination<br />
of ink types.<br />
The chosen ink type will be displayed above the ink level bars in the printer display. If one<br />
ink type is used for all cartridges/units, the full ink name will be shown (e. g. “VERSATILE”).<br />
When using a combination of different inks, each ink will be represented by one letter above<br />
the correspond ink level bar (e. g. “v” for Versatile Black).<br />
Special application inks<br />
Some special application ink parameters are only available by feature<br />
update.<br />
Please contact your authorized Neopost dealer for further information.<br />
Option<br />
d BLACK DYE<br />
m MAX GLOSSY<br />
v VERSATILE BLAC<br />
f F<strong>AS</strong>T DRY BLACK<br />
i IQ INK<br />
x #10 INK<br />
Note<br />
Black Dye ink cartridge<br />
Max Glossy ink cartridge<br />
Versatile Black ink cartridge<br />
Fast Dry Black ink cartridge<br />
IQ ink cartridge<br />
#10 ink cartridge<br />
72 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.57 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1602_RESET INK LEVEL_non-Shuttlehead @ 0\mod_1254908139920_912.doc @ 4737 @<br />
Pos: 75.58 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1603_INK COST CONFIG._without_Bulk @ 0\mod_1254908139420_912.doc @ 4729 @<br />
s SPOT COLOUR<br />
q IMS INK<br />
u USER INK<br />
Spot Color ink cartridge<br />
IMS ink cartridge<br />
Special application ink for printing on difficult<br />
substrate. Please read the additional operation<br />
instructions for this ink typ.<br />
Not optimized default parameter.<br />
This parameter can be used for all not Neopost<br />
approved inks.<br />
Default: d BLACK DYE<br />
Always set the ink type according to your actually used ink!<br />
The different parameters are optimized for these types.<br />
Wrong assignations can lead to overheating and damage of the<br />
cartridges.<br />
RESET INK LEVEL<br />
This feature is used to reset the calculated ink level of a cartridge. Choose All Units for a<br />
total reset or select individual cartridges to restore their ink level.<br />
This reset should only be done when inserting a new, full cartridge. Otherwise the ink level<br />
bar in the display will not show a correct filling level.<br />
This feature is only accurate if it is used correctly. When cartridges<br />
are removed for cleaning and storage they must be returned to the<br />
location they were originally installed.<br />
Suggestion: Label each cartridge (U1C1, U1C2, …)<br />
When a new cartridge is installed the ink level for the corresponding<br />
cartridge position must be reset.<br />
INK COST CONFIG.<br />
This feature is used to set all parameters required for the InkCosts/Job, the Costs/1000Pg<br />
and the Pages/Cartr. counters.<br />
Parameter<br />
COSTS/CARTRIDGE<br />
CURRENCY<br />
Note<br />
Here you can enter the cost per ink cartridge.<br />
Default: 0<br />
Here you can choose which currency symbol is shown<br />
in the display:<br />
€ Euro<br />
$ Pound<br />
£ Pound<br />
¥ Yuan<br />
other<br />
Default: € Euro<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 73
Pos: 75.59 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Menu_not available if ink pack is loaded @ 1\mod_1261475710726_912.doc @ 10087 @<br />
Pos: 75.60 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1605_WARMING CARTRIDGE_All Printer @ 0\mod_1254912882048_912.doc @ 4819 @<br />
Pos: 75.61 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1606_PREWARMING CARTR._All Printer @ 0\mod_1254912880610_912.doc @ 4807 @<br />
Pos: 75.62 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Nicht "Lock"-bar @ 0\mod_1254823525509_912.doc @ 4313 @<br />
Pos: 75.63 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1607_SET INK SYSTEM_<strong>AS</strong>-2060/3060A/Orbit/OrbitB @ 0\mod_1254908139639_912.doc @ 4733 @<br />
Activate ink related counters<br />
In order to use the InkCosts/Job, the Costs/1000Pg and the<br />
Pages/Cartr. counters in the display, you must enter a value greater<br />
than 0 at COSTS/CARTRIDGE.<br />
This option is not available if an ink package is loaded. For<br />
example:<br />
SERVICE > CONFIGURAT. INFO > Ink pack: 123456<br />
WARMING CARTRIDGE<br />
With this option activated, the printer will send warming pulses to non-printing printhead<br />
nozzles. The warming will only be applied if the printhead temperature drops under a<br />
certain value, and only idle nozzles will be heated.<br />
The option ensures that non-printing nozzles keep a certain temperature during the whole<br />
print job time. The temperature affects the viscosity of the ink. Providing a constant<br />
temperature can improve the print quality.<br />
off, on<br />
Default: on<br />
PREWARMING CARTR.<br />
With this option activated, the printer will send a preheat pulse to all nozzles of the<br />
cartridge, right before starting a print job.<br />
This function avoids cold starting of the printhead. The cartridge instantly gets heated up<br />
and the quality of the first print impulses will be improved.<br />
on, All Units<br />
Default: on<br />
When using a software application that was designed to control this<br />
feature (e. g. Flexmail, BulkMailer), this configuration will be<br />
overwritten with the settings of the software.<br />
In this case use the software options to configure the printer.<br />
74 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.64 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1608_RESET REGULATOR @ 0\mod_1254912880860_912.doc @ 4811 @<br />
Pos: 75.66 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1609_REPLACE BulkInk @ 0\mod_1254908138467_912.doc @ 4713 @<br />
Pos: 75.67 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_nur_mit_Centaur_aktiv @ 1\mod_1256285141778_912.doc @ 6987 @<br />
Pos: 75.68 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_1700_ERROR HANDLING @ 0\mod_1254485110808_912.doc @ 4071 @<br />
SET INK SYSTEM<br />
This feature is used to set the connected ink system of all cartridges. Choose All Units, if<br />
you want to change the settings for all cartridges or select only the affected cartridges to<br />
apply this option.<br />
Option<br />
HP-CARTR<br />
CENTAUR<br />
Note<br />
Setting for HP TIJ 2.5 (45A style) cartridges<br />
Setting for the Centaur bulk ink system<br />
Default: HP-CARTR<br />
RESET REGULATOR<br />
This feature is used to reset the flow rate of one or more regulators. The reset must be<br />
performed each time the regulator for one or more cartridges was exchanged. Exchanging a<br />
regulator is necessary every time the following warning message appears:<br />
Service warning regulator: UxCy<br />
CODE: AP<br />
Pos: 75.65 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_nur_mit_Centaur_aktiv @ 1\mod_1256285141778_912.doc @ 6987 @<br />
This feature is available when a Centaur Bulk Ink Supply is<br />
connected to the printer.<br />
REPLACE BulkInk<br />
Before exchanging an ink tank of the CENTAUR device, you must switch to OFFLINE in this<br />
menu.<br />
ONLINE, OFFLINE<br />
Default: ONLINE<br />
Only ink tanks above which the red LED is on may be exchanged!<br />
Exchanging an ink tank when the red LED is off (ink tank is used) can<br />
destroy the ink tank and the CENTAUR system. Turn the CENTAUR<br />
system Offline as described above, so that all red LEDs are on.<br />
This feature is available when a Centaur Bulk Ink Supply is<br />
connected to the printer.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 75
Pos: 75.69 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1701_SOFT FONT ERROR @ 0\mod_1254908138045_912.doc @ 4705 @<br />
Pos: 75.70 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1702_SET PAP. TOLERANCE_non LOG Geräte @ 0\mod_1254908137717_912.doc @ 4701 @<br />
Pos: 75.71 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1703_ERROR LOW INK @ 0\mod_1254908138248_912.doc @ 4709 @<br />
ERROR HANDLING<br />
Select ERROR HANDLING in the PRINTER CONFIG. menu and hit the Ok<br />
presented with the following choices:<br />
key. You will be<br />
SOFT FONT ERROR<br />
This feature is used to set the printer response when it detects a PC font related error.<br />
Option<br />
cont. print<br />
stop print<br />
Default: stop print<br />
Note<br />
If a font error occurs, the machine will continue<br />
printing. A warning message will be displayed.<br />
If a font error occurs, the printer will stop and report<br />
the failure.<br />
SET PAP.TOLERANCE<br />
Use this feature to set the tolerance of the measured paper length. The tolerance can be<br />
varied in nine steps, from 8 mm up to 70 mm (0.31” up to 2.75”). If one sheet of paper<br />
exceeds this tolerance level, the printer will stop and display an error message.<br />
This value is important for detecting paper jams or double sheets inside the printer.<br />
Therefore the default value of 8 mm should only be increased if the media being used truly<br />
varies in length (e.g. magazines with inserts) or is made out of material that is difficult to<br />
transport (e.g. thick, heavy, rough-textured).<br />
When media of longer length is detected, the printer will stop and give the error PAPER JAM<br />
OR WRONG PAPER WIDTH! CODE: 02<br />
8mm, 13mm, 18mm, 23mm, 28mm, 38mm, 48mm, 58mm, 70mm<br />
0.31”, 0.51”, 0,71“, 0.90”, 1.10”, 1.49”, 1.88”, 2.28”, 2.75”<br />
Default: 8mm / 0.31 inch<br />
76 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.72 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1704_BEEPER @ 0\mod_1254908139186_912.doc @ 4725 @<br />
Pos: 75.73 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1705_AUTOM.PAGE REPEAT @ 0\mod_1254908137482_912.doc @ 4697 @<br />
Pos: 75.74 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_1800_I/O SIGNALS @ 0\mod_1253111511172_912.doc @ 3399 @<br />
ERROR LOW INK<br />
If the calculated ink level of a cartridge goes down to a certain value, the printer can warn<br />
the user or even stop the printing process.<br />
Option<br />
EMPTY CARTRIDGE<br />
cont. print/stop print<br />
SET EMPTY LEVEL<br />
0%, ... 9%<br />
SET LOW INK LEVEL<br />
0%, ... 9%<br />
Note<br />
Here you can set if the printer should stop or continue<br />
to print when the empty level is reached.<br />
Default: stop print<br />
You can adjust the empty level of the cartridge<br />
according to your experience.<br />
Default: 0%<br />
You can adjust the low ink level of the cartridge<br />
according to your experience.<br />
When the ink level reaches this point, the printer will<br />
warn the user.<br />
Default: 2%<br />
BEEPER<br />
Here you can adjust the acoustic warn signals (beeper) of the printer.<br />
Option<br />
off<br />
short<br />
large<br />
interm.<br />
Note<br />
No acoustic warnings.<br />
Acoustic warning by a short beep signal (2 s).<br />
Acoustic warning by a continuous beep signal.<br />
Press any button to switch it off.<br />
Acoustic warning by a pulsing beep signal.<br />
Press any button to switch it off.<br />
Default: off<br />
AUTOM.PAGE REPEAT<br />
After a print stop (e. g. paper jam) the printer can automatically reprint the last one or two<br />
pages of the print job.<br />
no, 1 page, 2 pages<br />
Default: No<br />
Double printed pages<br />
Be aware of double printed pages. Please control the correct<br />
sequence of the printed pages after a printing break.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 77
Pos: 75.76 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1803_RELAY1 OUTPUT_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase_ONLY @ 2\mod_1270651293212_912.doc @ 14435 @<br />
I/O SIGNALS<br />
Pos: 75.75 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1801_AUX. OUTPUT_<strong>AS</strong>-2060/3060A/Orbit/OrbitB @ 0\mod_1254908138701_912.doc @ 4717 @<br />
AUX. OUTPUT<br />
Option<br />
feeder control<br />
printhead trigger<br />
print acknowledge<br />
data acknowledge<br />
trig. ext. device<br />
ME<strong>AS</strong>URE DISTANCE<br />
SET DISTANCE<br />
Note<br />
Option to control a feeder. The output will switch on<br />
the feeder when the printer ready.<br />
The output will set a level for each page passing<br />
through the printer. The level is triggered by the front<br />
and the rear edge of each page. The level will be set<br />
as soon as the front edge of a page reaches the first<br />
ink cartridge (C1 in U1).<br />
Option for read & print applications.<br />
Option for read & print applications.<br />
Option for tracking applications.<br />
Default: feeder control<br />
The three options “print acknowledge”, “data acknowledge“ and<br />
”trig. ext. device“ are not factory-provided features and are only<br />
available by feature update!<br />
You can check the available features in the SERVICE > CONFIGURAT.<br />
INFO menu. Please contact your authorised Neopost dealer for further<br />
information.<br />
78 User Manual Version 3.1
Relay 1 OUTPUT<br />
This feature is used to assign different output functions to the “Relay 1” interface. Different<br />
supported devices can be controlled by the printer.<br />
Option<br />
feeder control<br />
single pulse<br />
DISTANCE<br />
PULSE WIDTH[ms]<br />
Note<br />
Default option to control a feeder. The relay will<br />
switch on the feeder when the printer is ready to<br />
print.<br />
Universal control function for an external device.<br />
The distance between the first print cartridge and the<br />
device has to be entered (range 0 – 5,000 mm). The<br />
width (duration) of the pulse can be set in a range of<br />
0 – 200 msec. Any device in-between the printer and<br />
the external device can influence the distance and the<br />
pulse width.<br />
single pulse works for devices which are<br />
downstream from the printer.<br />
Trigger single pulse<br />
sort(toggle)<br />
DISTANCE<br />
The single pulse function must<br />
be triggered from a PC<br />
application.<br />
Function to control a sorting unit (e. g. a batch<br />
kicker). The signal remains until a second signal<br />
arrives.<br />
The distance between the first print cartridge and the<br />
device has to be entered (range 0 – 5,000 mm). Any<br />
device in-between the printer and the sorting unit can<br />
influence the distance.<br />
sort(toggle) works for devices which are<br />
downstream from the printer.<br />
Trigger sort (toggle)<br />
dryer<br />
The sort(toggle) function must<br />
be triggered from a PC<br />
application.<br />
Function to turn on and off IR or UV dryers which are<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 79
Pos: 75.77 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1804_RELAY2 OUTPUT_<strong>AS</strong>-3060A, 620, Orbit, OrbitB @ 0\mod_1254913755613_912.doc @ 4855 @<br />
on print base<br />
SET TIME[s]<br />
on serial belt<br />
SET TIME[s]<br />
on 3rd party belt<br />
SET TIME[s]<br />
downstream from the printer.<br />
on print base<br />
Use this setting when the dryer is mounted on the<br />
same Neopost Base conveyor as the print unit(s). The<br />
dryer will be turned off when a stop of this conveyor is<br />
detected by the printer. At SET TIME[s] you can set<br />
the duration (in seconds) the dryer remains turned on<br />
after the last pages exited the printer.<br />
(0 – 60 sec. / Default: 5 seconds)<br />
on serial belt<br />
Use this setting when the dryer is mounted on a serial<br />
connected Neopost conveyor. The dryer will be turned<br />
off when a stop of this conveyor is detected by the<br />
printer. At SET TIME[s] you can set the duration (in<br />
seconds) the dryer remains turned on after the last<br />
pages exited the printer.<br />
(0 – 60 sec. / Default: 5 seconds)<br />
on 3rd party belt<br />
Use this setting when the dryer is mounted on a third<br />
party conveyor belt which is controlled independently<br />
from the printer. At SET TIME[s] you can set the<br />
duration (in seconds) the dryer remains turned on<br />
after the last pages exited the printer.<br />
(0 – 60 sec. / Default: 5 seconds)<br />
divert<br />
DISTANCE<br />
Using a dryer!<br />
Review all settings carefully before using a dryer!<br />
Never operate a dryer without supervision of an operator!<br />
Control option for a diverter placed behind the printer<br />
(inline). The distance between paper sensor and<br />
device has to be entered (range 0 – 5,000 mm). The<br />
width (duration) of the signal pulse is calculated from<br />
the transport speed and the material size in transport<br />
direction. Any device in-between the printer and the<br />
diverter can influence the distance.<br />
divert works for devices which are downstream from<br />
the printer.<br />
Trigger divert<br />
The divert function must be<br />
triggered from a PC application.<br />
Default: feeder control<br />
80 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.78 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1805_IN 1 INPUT @ 1\mod_1256285352045_912.doc @ 6991 @<br />
Pos: 75.79 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1807_FEEDER CTRL. MODE @ 1\mod_1258988414994_912.doc @ 7603 @<br />
Pos: 75.80 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_1808_READ & PRINT @ 0\mod_1254913755972_912.doc @ 4859 @<br />
Relay 2 OUTPUT<br />
The functions of Relay 2 can be configured in the same way as Relay 1 OUTPUT. See above.<br />
Default: feeder control<br />
IN 1 INPUT<br />
Can be used to send signals to the printer from external devices.<br />
IN 2 INPUT<br />
Can be used to send signals to the printer from external devices.<br />
FEEDER CTRL. MODE<br />
This feature is used to set how a connected feeder is controlled by the printer.<br />
Option<br />
standard<br />
limit overspeed<br />
Note<br />
The feeder receives start and stop signals on job start,<br />
on job end and if the user interrupts the print job<br />
(e.g. by pressing the “Cancel” key) or if an error<br />
occurs.<br />
As standard, in addition to that, if the feeding speed<br />
is too high the feeder will be stopped.<br />
Default: limit overspeed<br />
Setting up the feeding speed with the limit overspeed setting<br />
When starting a print job, you should begin with a slow feeder speed<br />
setting. Increase the feeder speed until the printer begins to turn the<br />
feeder off and on again. Now decrease the speed until the feeder runs<br />
continuously without being stopped by the printer due to a too high<br />
speed.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 81
READ & PRINT<br />
The “read & print” option is an extensive feature update for the printer.<br />
There are different possible applications that can be realized using this function. All have in<br />
common that coded information is read by an sensor device (barcode scanner, camera,<br />
RFID scanner, ...), and afterwards printed on the matching product.<br />
For detailed information about this functions, please contact your local Neopost dealer.<br />
Option<br />
No Data Handling<br />
stop<br />
blank page<br />
Relay1<br />
Relay2<br />
ID Feedback<br />
off<br />
rearEdge<br />
frontEdge<br />
Status Feedback<br />
off<br />
on error<br />
on error & warn<br />
Note<br />
Proceeding options if the printer has detected paper,<br />
but hasn’t any print data available.<br />
stop<br />
blank page<br />
Relay1<br />
Relay2<br />
Printer stops immediately and<br />
shows an error message.<br />
(Default)<br />
Printer assumes a a Formfeed.<br />
The next data record is<br />
deleted!<br />
Printer activates Relay1 after<br />
the configured distance. The<br />
next data record is deleted!<br />
Printer activates Relay2 after<br />
the configured distance. The<br />
next data record is deleted!<br />
Timing option for the printer to send ID feedbacks<br />
over the serial connection.<br />
off<br />
Feedback is disabled (Default)<br />
rearEdge<br />
Feedback after the completion<br />
of the printout<br />
frontEdge<br />
Feedback at the start of the<br />
printout<br />
Options for status messages that will be sent over<br />
serial connection.<br />
off<br />
Status feedback is disabled<br />
(Default)<br />
on error<br />
Status feedback for error<br />
messages is enabled<br />
on error & warn<br />
Status feedback for error and<br />
warning messages is enabled<br />
82 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.81 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Feature_nur_über_update @ 0\mod_1254744190257_912.doc @ 4201 @<br />
Pos: 75.82 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü1/Ü1_2000_Menü_Drucker_JOB PARAMETERS @ 0\mod_1253111357161_912.doc @ 3393 @<br />
Printstop On Err.<br />
yes<br />
no<br />
Serial Parameter<br />
Baud Rate<br />
Protocol<br />
Both<br />
XON/XOFF<br />
Hard<br />
None<br />
Start/End Char.<br />
off<br />
on<br />
Option for behaviour in case of an error is detected.<br />
yes<br />
Printer stops (default)<br />
no<br />
Only a warning message is<br />
sent<br />
Parameters for the serial connection between printer<br />
and PC.<br />
Baud Rate<br />
57600 / 38400 (Default) /<br />
19200 / 9600<br />
Protocol<br />
Start/End Char.<br />
Both / XON/XOFF / Hard / None<br />
(Default)<br />
off(Default)<br />
No STX-character sent as<br />
start-character<br />
on<br />
STX-character sent as startcharacter<br />
This is not a factory-provided feature and is only available by<br />
feature update.<br />
You can check the available features in the CONFIGURAT. INFO menu<br />
(SERVICE). Only available features will be shown in this menu! Please<br />
contact your authorised Neopost dealer for further information.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 83
Pos: 75.83 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_2100_2101_PRINT_QUALITY @ 0\mod_1254485113011_912.doc @ 4075 @<br />
Pos: 75.84 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_"Locked" @ 0\mod_1254823271140_912.doc @ 4309 @<br />
Pos: 75.85 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_2200_TRANSPORT_PARAM. @ 0\mod_1254831968116_912.doc @ 4341 @<br />
JOB PARAMETERS<br />
This menu provides access to the following features.<br />
PRINT QUALITY<br />
Here you can set the print quality, the resolution in dpi (dots per inch) the printer will use.<br />
Each of the eight print quality settings consist out of two numbers, one before the x and one<br />
after, e.g. 3x6D.<br />
The first number (1, 2, 3 or 6) tells you the resolution in transport direction or in the<br />
direction of the cartridge carriage. This first number determines the maximum speed you<br />
can run the printer.<br />
The second number (1 or 6) tells you the resolution across the transport direction or across<br />
the direction of the cartridge carriage. This second number has no influence on the speed of<br />
the printer.<br />
The volume of ink printed onto the substrate increases from 1x3D (minimum) to 6x6D<br />
(maximum).<br />
Print quality Note Possible speed (depending on printer type)<br />
6x6D<br />
600 x 600 dpi Up to 0.54 m/s 106.2 ft/min<br />
6x3D<br />
600 x 300 dpi Up to 0.54 m/s 106.2 ft/min<br />
3x6D<br />
300 x 600 dpi Up to 1.08 m/s 212.5 ft/min<br />
3x3D<br />
300 x 300 dpi Up to 1.08 m/s 212.5 ft/min<br />
2x6D<br />
200 x 600 dpi Up to 1.52 m/s 299.2 ft/min<br />
2x3D<br />
200 x 300 dpi Up to 1.52 m/s 299.2 ft/min<br />
1x6D<br />
150 x 600 dpi Up to 2 m/s 393.7 ft/min<br />
1x3D<br />
150 x 300 dpi Up to 2 m/s 393.7 ft/min<br />
Default: 6x6D<br />
Choosing the print quality<br />
The print quality you choose for your print job has a major influence<br />
on the speed of the printer, the darkness of the printed image and<br />
the dry time of the ink on the substrate.<br />
This option can be “locked” in the printer menu. In this case the PC<br />
software cannot overwrite these settings.<br />
84 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.87 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2202_AUTO PAP. SPEED @ 0\mod_1254914052452_912.doc @ 4891 @<br />
Pos: 75.88 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_only with Neopost Feeder @ 2\mod_1267706650377_912.doc @ 12990 @<br />
Pos: 75.89 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2203_SEPARATION_nur LOG Geräte und Systeme mit ext. Feeder @ 0\mod_1254914049702_912.doc @ 4887 @<br />
TRANSPORT PARAM.<br />
Pos: 75.86 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2201_PAPER SPEED_Only_<strong>AS</strong>-3060/OrbitBase/2060 @ 1\mod_1259769376423_912.doc @ 8081 @<br />
PAPER SPEED<br />
This feature is used to set the speed of the material transportation. Note that the speed of<br />
the transportation determines the level of print quality which can set. See table below.<br />
Option<br />
2000 mm/s 393.7 ft./min<br />
1800 mm/s 354.3 ft./min<br />
1500 mm/s 295.2 ft./min<br />
1080 mm/s 212.5 ft./min<br />
910 mm/s 179.0 ft./min<br />
720 mm/s 141.6 ft./min<br />
540 mm/s 106.2 ft./min<br />
420 mm/s 82.6 ft./min<br />
270 mm/s 53.1 ft./min<br />
120 mm/s 23.6 ft./min<br />
Possible print quality (dpi)<br />
1x3, 1x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6, 3x3, 3x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6, 3x3, 3x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6, 3x3, 3x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6, 3x3, 3x6, 6x3, 6x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6, 3x3, 3x6, 6x3, 6x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6, 3x3, 3x6, 6x3, 6x6<br />
1x3, 1x6, 2x3, 2x6, 3x3, 3x6, 6x3, 6x6<br />
Default: 2000 mm/s<br />
393.7 ft./min<br />
AUTO PAP SPEED<br />
This feature is used to set if and how the printer should control the feeding speed an<br />
integrated or of a serial connected feeder. This options works only with feeders which can<br />
be speed controlled by the print system.<br />
Option<br />
on<br />
off<br />
80%<br />
60%<br />
Note<br />
The printer controls the feeding speed according to<br />
the print and data throughput.<br />
No feeding speed control. Fixed speed.<br />
Feeding speed set to 80% of the maximum speed.<br />
Feeding speed set to 60% of the maximum speed.<br />
Default: on<br />
This options is only available when a Neopost FD-13/FD-15<br />
Feeder is connected to the print system.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 85
Pos: 75.90 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_only with Neopost Feeder @ 2\mod_1267706650377_912.doc @ 12990 @<br />
Pos: 75.91 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2204_BELT STOP END JOB @ 0\mod_1254912882657_912.doc @ 4827 @<br />
Pos: 75.92 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2205_BELT STOP MIDDLE @ 0\mod_1254913755128_912.doc @ 4851 @ 8<br />
Pos: 75.93 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2213_PAUSE CONFIG._FROM_4.8 @ 3\mod_1298293346574_912.doc @ 30499 @<br />
Pos: 75.94 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_2300_LAYOUT @ 0\mod_1254831971240_912.doc @ 4345 @<br />
SEPARATION<br />
Here the paper separation can be adjusted. The gap between two sheets of paper can be<br />
varied in eleven different steps. It can be useful to increase this level, if paper jams occur<br />
many at a time (sometime when working with very slippery papers). This options works<br />
only with feeders which can be speed controlled by the print system.<br />
minim, level1, level2, ..., maxim<br />
Default: level2<br />
This options is only available when a Neopost FD-13/FD-15<br />
Feeder is connected to the print system.<br />
BELT STOP END JOB<br />
This feature is used to set for how long the transport belt of the printer should continue<br />
running after a print job was finished.<br />
off, default, 1minute, 2minutes, 3minutes, 4minutes, 5minutes<br />
Default: default<br />
BELT STOP MIDDLE<br />
This features is used to set for how long the belt continues to run in the event of a<br />
disturbance during the print job (e.g. no paper feed).<br />
off, default, 1minute, 2minutes, 3minutes, 4minutes, 5minutes<br />
Default: default<br />
PAUSE CONFIG.<br />
Use this feature to set the behaviour of the transport belt when a pause sequence was<br />
received by the printer. The pause sequence is used for e.g. post code or batch sorting.<br />
Option<br />
Stop Belt<br />
Run Belt<br />
Note<br />
The transport belt will stop when a pause sequence is<br />
received by the printer.<br />
The transport belt will continue to run when a pause<br />
sequence is received by the printer.<br />
Default: Stop Belt<br />
86 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.95 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2301_ORIENTATION_Fixed Head/<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 1\mod_1257267215646_912.doc @ 7211 @<br />
Pos: 75.96 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2302_PAPER SIZE @ 0\mod_1254914550424_912.doc @ 4911 @<br />
Pos: 75.97 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2303_LEFT MARGIN_Fixed Head @ 0\mod_1254914048389_912.doc @ 4871 @<br />
LAYOUT<br />
Here you can configure different layout settings directly in the printer menu. These manual<br />
settings were made for users that print out of Microsoft DOS applications.<br />
All functions in the following submenus are obsolete for users, who<br />
use a modern Microsoft Windows computer with layout softwares like<br />
“Flexmail” or “BulkMailer”. In those cases all layout information is<br />
included in the print job, that is sent from PC to the printer.<br />
ORIENTATION<br />
This feature is used to turn the whole print image by 180°.The print layout on the PC can be<br />
edited in the normal view, while the printouts will be done reversed.<br />
Figure 34: Difference Nor/Rev<br />
Rev, Nor<br />
Default: Nor<br />
PAPER SIZE<br />
This feature is used to choose between different predefined paper formats. To use different<br />
paper dimensions, please use the “PAPER ME<strong>AS</strong>UREMENT” function (Quick menu or key<br />
combination Quick + )<br />
Excecutive, Letter, Legal, Ledger, A3, A4, A5, A6, Monarch, C10, Intern.DL, INSD, C4,<br />
C5, C6, B4, B5, B5JIS, Card1, Card2, Hagaki, User<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 87
Pos: 75.98 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_2400_FONT_PARAMETERS @ 0\mod_1254831974770_912.doc @ 4349 @<br />
Pos: 75.100 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2402_CHARACTER SPACING @ 0\mod_1254914550940_912.doc @ 4915 @<br />
Pos: 75.101 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2403_CHARACTER SET @ 0\mod_1254913756363_912.doc @ 4863 @<br />
Pos: 75.102 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_2500_2501_TYPE OF BARCODE_FROM_4.8 (with IMB) @ 3\mod_1298294457092_912.doc @ 30505 @<br />
LEFT MARGIN<br />
This feature is used to set the left margin of the print area in [mm]/[inch].<br />
Figure 35:LEFT MARGIN, transport direction<br />
FONT PARAMETERS<br />
Pos: 75.99 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2401_FONT @ 0\mod_1254914552628_912.doc @ 4935 @<br />
FONT<br />
This feature is used to choose one of the 13 printer internal fonts. These font types are<br />
totally integrated into the printer firmware (Nevertheless you can print any True Type Font<br />
if you use a modern Microsoft Windows computer).<br />
Cour12, Cour12bo, Cour12it, Helv07, Helv10, Helv12, Helv12bo, Helv12it,<br />
Helv13, LetGot12, TmsRm12, Bru12, OCR-A<br />
Default: Cour12<br />
CHARACTER SPACING<br />
This feature is used to set the spacing between the individual characters from 0 to 90 dots.<br />
Default: 0<br />
CHARACTER SET<br />
This feature is used to set different 7 and 8-bit character sets according to the countryspecific<br />
notation.<br />
PC8 (PC-8), Rom8 (Roman8), P850 (PC-850), ECMA (ECMA-94 Latin 18), P8DN (PC-8<br />
Denmark/Norway), ICEL (ICEL), P852 (PC-852), P860 (PC-860), P857 (PC-857), Lat5<br />
(Latin-5), USA7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII USA), UK7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII UK), Fra7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII France), Ger7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Germany),<br />
Ita7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Italy), Spa7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Spain), Den7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Denmark), Nor7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Norway),<br />
Swed7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Sweden), SwN7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Sweden/Names), Por7 (<strong>AS</strong>CII Portugal)<br />
88 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.103 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_2600_2601_PAPER SENSOR_<strong>AS</strong>-3060A/2060/Orbit/OrbitBase_ONLY @ 0\mod_1254832325313_912.doc @ 4357 @<br />
TYPE OF BARCODE<br />
You can choose between different predefined bar code systems. When activated, the<br />
incoming <strong>AS</strong>CII character stream will automatically converted into bar code characters. (You<br />
can print any bar code, if you use a modern Microsoft Windows computer).<br />
zip, bpo4, kix, 2/5i, codabar, code 39, ean, code 128, code 93, AUS4state<br />
(FORMAT CONTROL: 4state11, 4state45, 4state59, 4state62; CUSTOMER ENCODING: C<br />
table, N table), canada, IMB, off,<br />
Default: off<br />
PAPER SENSOR<br />
Here you can adjust the behaviour of the paper sensor.<br />
Option<br />
On<br />
Off<br />
Note<br />
The paper sensor (also Top of Form (TOF) sensor)<br />
detects the front edge and the rear edge of the<br />
material. In this setting the paper sensor is active<br />
over the complete length of the material. The paper<br />
length is controlled in this setting, so paper jams or<br />
double feeds will be detected.<br />
When selecting Off you must choose between:<br />
blank colourpaper<br />
The paper sensor detects the front edge of the<br />
material. Then the paper sensor is set to inactive until<br />
5 mm before the anticipated rear edge of the<br />
material. This allows to process materials that have<br />
e.g. a colourful surface or a hole (die cut) in them.<br />
The paper length is controlled in this setting, so paper<br />
jams or double feeds will be detected.<br />
To properly use this setting, the<br />
correct material size must be<br />
set in the printer. Either sent by<br />
the PC software or measured<br />
manually.<br />
If the material separation and<br />
transport is not setup correctly,<br />
turning off the paper sensor can<br />
cause misprints.<br />
no pap.size check<br />
The paper sensor only detects the front edge of the<br />
material and is then inactive within the set paper<br />
length. This allows to process materials of different<br />
lengths. The paper length is not controlled in this<br />
setting, so paper jams or double feeds will not be<br />
detected!<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 89
Pos: 75.104 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_2700_DOS_MODE @ 0\mod_1254832327765_912.doc @ 4361 @<br />
Pos: 75.106 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2702_HEX TO <strong>AS</strong>CII @ 0\mod_1254915739923_912.doc @ 5003 @<br />
Pos: 75.107 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü1/Ü1_3000_Menü_Drucker_SERVICE @ 0\mod_1253111438389_912.doc @ 3396 @<br />
Default: On<br />
Option “no pap.size check”<br />
When selecting no pap.size<br />
check the paper length is not<br />
controlled, so paper jams or<br />
double feeds will not be detected.<br />
This could cause the printer to<br />
get of sequence, e.g. printing<br />
onto the wrong piece (JOB<br />
PARAMETERS > PAPER SENSOR ><br />
Off > no pap.size check).<br />
DOS MODE<br />
Pos: 75.105 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_2701_LINE MODE @ 0\mod_1254915736970_912.doc @ 4987 @<br />
LINE MODE<br />
This feature is used to set a number of lines that separate one page (address) from the<br />
next.<br />
0 to 36<br />
Default: 0<br />
HEX TO <strong>AS</strong>CII<br />
Conversion from HEX to <strong>AS</strong>CII.<br />
If the conversion is switched on, the printer interprets the percentage sign “%“ as a nonprintable<br />
control character. The two characters following the % sign are interpreted as HEX<br />
values, e.g. %0C = Form Feed.<br />
off, on<br />
Default: off<br />
90 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.108 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3100_SELECT TEST PATT. @ 0\mod_1254837069267_912.doc @ 4613 @<br />
Pos: 75.110 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3200_HARDWARE_TEST @ 0\mod_1254837070345_912.doc @ 4617 @<br />
Pos: 75.112 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3202_Keyboard @ 0\mod_1254914552315_912.doc @ 4931 @<br />
Pos: 75.113 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3203_Ram @ 0\mod_1254916091562_912.doc @ 5047 @<br />
SERVICE<br />
This menu provides access to the following features.<br />
SELECT TEST PATT.<br />
Pos: 75.109 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3101_SELECT TEST PATT. @ 0\mod_1254916093984_912.doc @ 5059 @<br />
You can choose between two default test patterns. One of these patterns will be printed<br />
when you perform a test print (Quick key + Arrow up key).<br />
No 1, No 2<br />
Default: No 1<br />
HARDWARE TEST<br />
Pos: 75.111 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3201_Display @ 0\mod_1254916088030_912.doc @ 5031 @<br />
Display<br />
This feature is used to check the functionality of the printer display. The display will show<br />
different characters, numbers and symbols.<br />
Keyboard<br />
This feature is used to check the functionality of each key on the control panel. In the<br />
display you will see Keytest. In order to complete the test you have to press each of the<br />
eight keys once.<br />
• Home key<br />
• Quick key<br />
• Test Print (up arrow) key<br />
• Run Paper (left arrow) key<br />
• Paper Length (right arrow) key<br />
• Clean Heads key (down arrow) key<br />
• Ok (Online) key<br />
• Cancel (Offline) key<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 91
Pos: 75.114 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3204_Ram Contin. @ 0\mod_1254915740236_912.doc @ 5007 @<br />
Pos: 75.115 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3205_NV-Ram Cont. @ 0\mod_1254915736642_912.doc @ 4983 @<br />
Pos: 75.116 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3212_Encoder @ 0\mod_1254916090905_912.doc @ 5039 @<br />
Pos: 75.117 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3214_Speed Measurement_All_Printers_except_Orbit @ 1\mod_1255683471390_912.doc @ 6627 @<br />
Pos: 75.118 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3219_Paper Sensor @ 0\mod_1254916094577_912.doc @ 5067 @<br />
Pos: 75.119 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3220_Sensor&Paper Run @ 1\mod_1255684001736_912.doc @ 6647 @<br />
Ram<br />
The printer will test its internal memory.<br />
Ram Contin.<br />
The printer will test its internal memory.<br />
NV-Ram Cont.<br />
The printer will test its internal memory.<br />
Encoder<br />
The printer will start its transport and test the encoder signals.<br />
Speed Measurment<br />
This feature is used to check the currently set speed. The printer will start the transport<br />
with the currently set speed (e.g. 1.080 Meter/Second 212.5 Feet/Minute) and display<br />
the actual measured speed in the display.<br />
Paper Sensor<br />
This feature is used to check the status of the paper sensor (top of form sensor).<br />
Status<br />
Sensor is free<br />
Sensor is not free<br />
Note<br />
The sensor detects no material.<br />
The sensor detects material.<br />
92 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.120 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3222_Tracking Sensor @ 0\mod_1254916795386_912.doc @ 5083 @<br />
Pos: 75.121 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Feature_nur_über_update @ 0\mod_1254744190257_912.doc @ 4201 @<br />
Pos: 75.122 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3234b_Cartridges_Fixed Head @ 0\mod_1254916801839_912.doc @ 5099 @<br />
Sensor&Paper Run<br />
The printer will start its transport, the feeder and count all TOF sensor signals (= materials)<br />
it detects. You should count the number of materials in the feeder before starting this test,<br />
so you can check the result. When the test is finished all lines of the display must show the<br />
same number. And this number must be the same number as the amount of materials in<br />
the feeder before the test.<br />
Requirements for this test<br />
The material must have a size of at least 200 mm / 7.8“ in transport<br />
direction. The material should be unprinted and unicolour.<br />
Tracking Sensor<br />
With this test the user can check all connected tracking sensors. The status of these sensors<br />
changes from “low” to “high” whenever a sheet of paper is detected by one of the sensors.<br />
This is not a factory-provided feature and is only available by<br />
feature update.<br />
You can check the available features in the CONFIGURAT. INFO menu<br />
(SERVICE). Only available features will be shown in this menu! Please<br />
contact your authorised Neopost dealer for further information.<br />
Cartridges<br />
This test checks the electronically connections between cartridge mountings and printheads.<br />
The results of the test are shown in the display.<br />
Test<br />
HP PEN ID<br />
MISSING DOTS<br />
Note<br />
The identification code of each PEN board (e. g 13 =<br />
Unit U1, Cartridge C3).<br />
Number of missing dots of the cartridges, that can’t<br />
be controlled by the printer.<br />
If all nozzles response correctly, the display will show<br />
“no”.<br />
Amount of missing dots<br />
The amount of missing dots (MISSING DOTS) can be an evidence, that<br />
the connection between printhead and cartridge mounting is<br />
interfered.<br />
If the amount of missing dots is a multiple of seven (14, 21, 28, ...),<br />
the problem lies most likely in a draggled printhead contacting.<br />
In this case, clean the contacts of the printhead and that of the<br />
cartridge mounting with a piece of cloth, an repeat the test.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 93
Pos: 75.123 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3235_Prewarming @ 1\mod_1255684370577_912.doc @ 6659 @<br />
Pos: 75.124 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3236_PEN Board @ 1\mod_1255684373658_912.doc @ 6663 @<br />
Pos: 75.125 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3237_Centaur @ 0\mod_1254916796026_912.doc @ 5091 @<br />
Pos: 75.126 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_nur_mit_Centaur_aktiv @ 1\mod_1256285141778_912.doc @ 6987 @<br />
Pos: 75.127 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3238b_Output _<strong>AS</strong>-2060/3060/Orbit/OrbitB @ 1\mod_1257179994632_912.doc @ 7199 @<br />
Pos: 75.129 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3240_Serial Ports @ 0\mod_1254916795042_912.doc @ 5079 @<br />
Prewarming<br />
The Prewarming function of the printer will be checked in this test. Afterwards the printer<br />
should display the “PREWARMING:” status.<br />
PEN Board<br />
This test will check the circuit (PEN) boards that are integrated in the print units. The test<br />
will be performed with all circuit boards of the printer.<br />
Authorised service personal can use the values of this test for service purposes.<br />
Test<br />
AMB.TEMP<br />
REF.RES[h]<br />
TSR [Hex]<br />
Note<br />
The measured temperature close to the printhead<br />
nozzles in degree Celsius °C<br />
“Reference Resistor” – reference value<br />
„Thermal Sense Resistor“ - resistance value inside the<br />
printhead<br />
Centaur<br />
Here you can start a test of the connected Centaur bulk ink system. This check can show<br />
you, among other things, the ink level of each bulk tank.<br />
This feature is available when a Centaur Bulk Ink Supply is<br />
connected to the printer.<br />
Output<br />
With this function, the output relays of the printer can be tested. By pressing the Ok<br />
the chosen output will be used.<br />
Relay1, Relay2, AUX, Feeder<br />
Pos: 75.128 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3239_Input @ 0\mod_1254916086686_912.doc @ 5015 @<br />
key,<br />
Input<br />
Shows if a signal is present on either of the two input interfaces.<br />
94 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.130 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3241_LED/ Beeper @ 0\mod_1254916802136_912.doc @ 5103 @<br />
Pos: 75.133 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3302_Version: @ 2\mod_1271145334852_912.doc @ 14521 @<br />
Pos: 75.134 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3303_SerNo.: @ 0\mod_1254917242293_912.doc @ 5127 @<br />
Pos: 75.135 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3304_Model : @ 1\mod_1261145262596_912.doc @ 9033 @<br />
Serial Ports<br />
Here you can check to the serial connection to the Neopost devices feeder, conveyor and<br />
the Centaur bulk ink supply.<br />
LED/Beeper<br />
Here you can check if all the LEDs of the display and the beeper work correctly. When<br />
performing this test the printer will run through the following cycle:<br />
ALL LED's OFF<br />
LED ONLINE ON<br />
LED OFFLINE ON<br />
LED WARNING ON<br />
LED ERROR ON<br />
BEEPER ON (you will hear a sound for two seconds)<br />
Pos: 75.131 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3300_CONFIGURAT._INFO @ 0\mod_1254837071173_912.doc @ 4621 @<br />
CONFIGURAT. INFO<br />
Pos: 75.132 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3301_Firmware: @ 0\mod_1254916795698_912.doc @ 5087 @<br />
Firmware:<br />
Shows the currently installed firmware version.<br />
For example: 4.7.00<br />
Version:<br />
Shows if the printer is a specially manufactured, not standard version.<br />
For example: <strong>AS</strong>IA<br />
This information is only shown when the printer is not a<br />
standard version.<br />
SerNo.:<br />
Shows the serial number of the machine.<br />
For example: 61303071234<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 95
Pos: 75.136 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3305_FEEDER : @ 0\mod_1254916802542_912.doc @ 5107 @<br />
Pos: 75.137 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3306_BELT REV. @ 0\mod_1254916794417_912.doc @ 5075 @<br />
Pos: 75.138 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3307_PAGE CNT: @ 0\mod_1254916801511_912.doc @ 5095 @<br />
Pos: 75.139 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3308_RAM @ 0\mod_1254916802870_912.doc @ 5111 @<br />
Pos: 75.140 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3309_Hardware: @ 0\mod_1254917248653_912.doc @ 5147 @<br />
Model:<br />
Shows the name of your printer model.<br />
For example: <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong><br />
Feeder :<br />
Shows the firmware version of the connected FD-13/FD-15 feeder.<br />
For example: 2.22<br />
This menu is only shown when a FD-13/FD-15 feeder is detected<br />
by the printer.<br />
Belt rev.<br />
Shows the firmware version of the serial connected CSV-810 conveyor.<br />
For example: S5.11<br />
This menu is only shown when, a serial connected, CSV-810<br />
conveyor is detected by the printer.<br />
Page cnt:<br />
Shows the total number of pages printed on the machine. This includes pages from print<br />
jobs as well as service prints (e.g. Test prints). This is a non-resettable life time counter.<br />
For example: 48513<br />
RAM<br />
Shows the size of the printer internal memory.<br />
For example: 64 MByte<br />
96 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.141 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_1_USB-REV.:_ONLY_619 @ 1\mod_1259848205834_912.doc @ 8133 @<br />
Pos: 75.142 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_2_PCBA:_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1282296399850_912.doc @ 26966 @<br />
Pos: 75.143 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_3_Batch:_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1282296403447_912.doc @ 26982 @<br />
Pos: 75.144 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_4_IP_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1282296406740_912.doc @ 26988 @<br />
Pos: 75.145 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_5_Port No.:_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1282296409735_912.doc @ 26994 @<br />
Hardware:<br />
Shows the hardware version number of certain printer components.<br />
For example V32-3-0<br />
Description<br />
V32 -3 -0<br />
FPGA<br />
version<br />
main board<br />
version<br />
assembly type<br />
USB rev.:<br />
Shows the firmware version of the installed USB chip.<br />
For example: 1.0.01<br />
PCBA:<br />
Shows the part number of the installed PCBA (Printed Circuit Board Assembly).<br />
For example: 92xxxxxX<br />
Batch:<br />
Shows the batch number of the installed PCBA (Printed Circuit Board Assembly).<br />
For example: 009230099<br />
IP<br />
Shows the currently set IP address of the printer, when using a TCP/IP connection.<br />
For example: 192.168.0.17<br />
The IP address can be adjusted in the PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
COMMUNICATION menu.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 97
Pos: 75.146 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_6_MAC:_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1282296412325_912.doc @ 27000 @<br />
Pos: 75.147 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_7_SN_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1282296415327_912.doc @ 27006 @<br />
Pos: 75.148 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_8_GW_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1282296418690_912.doc @ 27012 @<br />
Pos: 75.149 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3310_9_Monitor_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1298294617528_912.doc @ 30511 @<br />
Pos: 75.150 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3312_TRP.DIR.: @ 0\mod_1254917248340_912.doc @ 5143 @<br />
Pos: 75.151 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3313_R&P. ENAB: @ 0\mod_1254917242637_912.doc @ 5131 @<br />
Port No.:<br />
Shows the currently set port number of the TCP/IP connection.<br />
For example: 9100<br />
The port number can be adjusted in the PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
COMMUNICATION menu.<br />
MAC:<br />
Shows the MAC address (Media Access Control address) of the printer. This value is a preset<br />
and cannot be changed.<br />
For example: 32D2C4FFFFFF<br />
SM<br />
Shows the currently set subnet mask address of the TCP/IP connection.<br />
For example: 255.255.255.0<br />
The address can be adjusted in the PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS > COMMUNICATION<br />
menu.<br />
GW<br />
Shows the currently set gateway address of the TCP/IP connection.<br />
For example: 192.168.1.118<br />
The address can be adjusted in the PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS > COMMUNICATION<br />
menu.<br />
Monitor:<br />
Shows the software version of the monitor.<br />
For example: 2.0.0<br />
Trp.dir.:<br />
Shows for which transport direction the printer is configured.<br />
L2R, R2L<br />
The transport direction can be adjusted in the PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
TRANSP. DIRECTION menu.<br />
98 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.152 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3314_P.MIRROR: @ 0\mod_1254917750360_912.doc @ 5175 @<br />
Pos: 75.153 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3315_ORDER Ux: @ 0\mod_1254917249653_912.doc @ 5159 @<br />
Pos: 75.154 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3316_TRACK. ENAB @ 1\mod_1256286156142_912.doc @ 6999 @<br />
Pos: 75.155 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3317_INK_GRP: @ 0\mod_1254917740516_912.doc @ 5167 @<br />
Pos: 75.156 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3318_INK PCK: @ 0\mod_1254917750766_912.doc @ 5179 @<br />
Pos: 75.157 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3400_SERVICE PRINT @ 1\mod_1261144618001_912.doc @ 9028 @<br />
R&P. enab:<br />
Here you check your installed version of “Read & Print” features.<br />
P.mirror:<br />
Here you can check if the option PRINT MIRRORED is activated for your printer.<br />
This option can be enabled in the PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS > PRINT MIRRORED<br />
menu.<br />
Order Ux:<br />
The print unit order can be varied if necessary. You can check if the option is activated for<br />
your printer.<br />
This option can be enabled in the PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS > ORDER of UNITS<br />
menu.<br />
Track. enab:<br />
Tracking allows to detect and to check the correct transport of multiple products in the<br />
range of the printer. This feature has to be activated separately and is not factory-provided.<br />
You can check the status here.<br />
Ink grp.:<br />
This information is only shown when one or more special application inks (for example UV<br />
curing ink) are enabled by a feature update.<br />
For example: Ink grp.: Additional 1<br />
Ink pack:<br />
The “ink package” is a set of optimized parameters for the different Neopost inks. New inks<br />
may require an update of this package. You can check which version is installed on your<br />
machine (ID-number).<br />
For further information about the ink package see chapter 11.15, on<br />
page 196.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 99
Pos: 75.159 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3402_Alignment Vertic. @ 0\mod_1254916087390_912.doc @ 5023 @<br />
Pos: 75.160 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3405_Encoder Pattern @ 1\mod_1260954510299_912.doc @ 8614 @<br />
Pos: 75.161 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3406_Simult.Print Units @ 0\mod_1254916089983_912.doc @ 5035 @<br />
SERVICE PRINT<br />
Pos: 75.158 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3401_Alignment Horiz. @ 0\mod_1254916087046_912.doc @ 5019 @<br />
Alignment Horiz.<br />
The device will print a special test pattern that shows the horizontal alignment of the print<br />
swathes. This is just for test purposes, adjustments can be made in the menu<br />
PRINTER CONFIG. > ADJUSTMENTS > ADJUSTMENT STEPS > CARRIAGE CORRECT.<br />
Alignment Vertic.<br />
The device will print a special test pattern that shows the correct vertical alignment of the<br />
print swathes. This is just for test purposes, adjustments can be made in the menu<br />
PRINTER CONFIG. > ADJUSTMENTS > ADJUSTMENT GAP<br />
Encoder Pattern<br />
This pattern is used for assembly control and service purposes.<br />
Figure 36: Encoder Pattern<br />
100 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.162 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3407_Overlapping @ 0\mod_1254916094281_912.doc @ 5063 @<br />
Pos: 75.163 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3408_Distance Print @ 0\mod_1254915739595_912.doc @ 4999 @<br />
Simult. PrintUnits<br />
This service print is used for assembly control and service purposes.<br />
Figure 37: Simult. PrintUnits service print<br />
Overlapping<br />
This service print is used for assembly control and service purposes.<br />
Figure 38: Overlapping service print<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 101
Pos: 75.164 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_PAPER UNDER PRINT UNITS_<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/OrbitBase/960/990_ONLY @ 2\mod_1271420669139_912.doc @ 16775 @<br />
Pos: 75.165 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3409_Cartr. Print Patt_Fixed_Head @ 0\mod_1254916087718_912.doc @ 5027 @<br />
Distance Print<br />
Test for mechanical settings of the machine during the assembly of the machine.<br />
Before performing this service print you have to put a piece of paper underneath all print<br />
units!<br />
Paper under PrintU<br />
Yes<br />
No<br />
Press the Ok key to confirm that you have put a piece<br />
of paper underneath all print units.<br />
Press the Cancel key to not start this service print and<br />
return to the previous menu.<br />
Cartr. Print Patt<br />
The printer will print three different patterns which help you to asses the condition of each<br />
cartridge. Depending on the printer model these patterns are printed onto a different<br />
number of pages.<br />
• Pattern A visualizes the condition of each cartridge contact for every cartridge in a<br />
grid patter (see Figure 39 below).<br />
Figure 39: Pattern A<br />
• Figure 40 below shows a sample print with several defects on ink cartridge C1 in print<br />
unit U1. How to clean clogged nozzles, the cartridge and pen board is described in<br />
chapter 8.1.2, on page 122 and in chapter 8.1.3, on page 124. If a defect is still<br />
visible after cleaning the cartridge nozzles and contacts as well as the pen board<br />
contacts, replace the cartridge. Figure 41 on page 103 shows a reference diagram of<br />
the cartridge contacts and their descriptions.<br />
102 User Manual Version 3.1
n n c1<br />
c2<br />
Figure 40: Pattern A with defects<br />
n = these nozzles are clogged<br />
c1 = no connection on contact "10"<br />
c2 = no connection on contact "K"<br />
Cartridge contacts<br />
Nozzle rows<br />
Figure 41: Cartridge contacts<br />
• In print pattern B, every nozzle of each cartridge prints a small dot. Interruptions in<br />
the line of dots indicate clogged nozzles.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 103
Pos: 75.166 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü3/Ü4/Ü3_3410_Print char. set @ 0\mod_1254837948450_912.doc @ 4637 @<br />
Figure 42: Pattern B<br />
• Pattern C is used for assembly control and service purposes.<br />
Figure 43: Pattern C<br />
104 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.167 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3500_3501_3502_SETTING DUMP @ 0\mod_1254837073673_912.doc @ 4633 @<br />
Print char. set<br />
The printer will print the currently selected printer internal character set.<br />
Figure 44: Sample character set print<br />
SETTING DUMP<br />
Here you can print the setting dump. The setting dumps lists all printer settings for each<br />
setting number. The currently used setting is marked with ******. In the top right corner<br />
you will find the page number of the current page as well as the total number of pages (see<br />
Figure 45). In the case of problems, the setting dump provides useful information.<br />
Option<br />
Print settings<br />
Send sett.to port<br />
Note<br />
Prints the current printer settings<br />
Sends the printer setting to the serial “Control”<br />
interface<br />
Figure 45: Sample setting dump print<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 105
Pos: 75.168 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3600_3601_3602_INPUT BUFFER DUMP @ 0\mod_1254837072876_912.doc @ 4629 @<br />
Pos: 75.169 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3700_DEALER @ 0\mod_1254918746950_912.doc @ 5233 @<br />
Pos: 75.170 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3800_SHOW ERORR MESSAG @ 2\mod_1269000641380_912.doc @ 13663 @<br />
Pos: 75.171 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü2/Ü2_3900_SHOW WARNING MSGS @ 2\mod_1269001076975_912.doc @ 13667 @<br />
Pos: 75.172 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü1/Ü1_4000_Menü_Drucker_LANGUAGE @ 0\mod_1254483872167_912.doc @ 4033 @<br />
INPUT BUFFER DUMP<br />
Here you can either print the input buffer of the printer or send it to a PC via the serial<br />
interface. The input buffer of the printer contains all data (control sequences, text, graphics)<br />
received by the printer. In the case of problems, the input buffer provides useful<br />
information.<br />
Option<br />
Print input buff.<br />
Send data to port<br />
Note<br />
Prints the complete input buffer<br />
Sends the complete input buffer to the serial “Control”<br />
interface<br />
Printing the input buffer<br />
Make sure that you have an ample supply of material available when<br />
printing the input buffer. The ¤ character marks the end of the input<br />
buffer, as soon as this character is printed press the Cancel key to<br />
stop the print.<br />
Figure 46: Sample Input Buffer Dump print<br />
DEALER<br />
This menu is only used for manufacturer adjustments.<br />
SHOW ERORR MESSAG<br />
In this menu you can cycle through all possible error messages. This is useful as a<br />
reference.<br />
SHOW WARNING MSGS<br />
In this menu you can cycle through all possible warning messages. This is useful as a<br />
reference.<br />
106 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 75.173 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Ü1/Ü1_5000_Menü_Drucker_SETTING @ 0\mod_1254483917964_912.doc @ 4037 @<br />
LANGUAGE<br />
Here you can select one of the following languages for the printer menu.<br />
English<br />
Deutsch<br />
Francais<br />
Italiano<br />
Espaniol<br />
Chinese*<br />
* only available in the Asian version.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 107
Pos: 76.1 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/7.0_Ü1_How to connect the printer to the PC_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1283848196927_912.doc @ 27540 @ 1<br />
SETTING<br />
For Microsoft DOS applications, individual printer configurations can be created and stored<br />
as a setting in the printer. The setting No. 0 is reserved for the factory setting. Here, no<br />
modifications can be executed.<br />
The settings No. 1 to No. 9 may be set individually. The modifications will be automatically<br />
saved for the selected setting number. The settings are maintained in the printer after a<br />
restart.<br />
108 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 76.2 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/7.X_Ü2_How to install and configure the printer driver_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1295280186142_912.doc @ 29403 @ 233<br />
7 How to connect the printer to the PC<br />
To connect the printer to a PC, use either the USB interface or the Ethernet interface of the<br />
printer. To connect the printer to a network, use the Ethernet interface.<br />
Independent from the interface (USB or Ethernet), it is necessary to install a printer driver<br />
on the PC that will be used to send data to the printer.<br />
Follow the installation procedures<br />
Please follow the installation procedures described in this chapter.<br />
Please stick to the order of installation steps (e.g connecting the<br />
printer to the PC) as described in this chapter.<br />
• Please see chapter 7.1 on how to install and configure the printer driver.<br />
• Please see chapter 7.2 on how to use the USB interface<br />
• Please see chapter 7.3 on how to use the Ethernet interface<br />
The printer will work either with the USB interface or with the<br />
Ethernet interface. The two interfaces cannot be used together at the<br />
same time.<br />
7.1 How to install the printer driver<br />
7.1.1 Windows XP and Windows Vista<br />
1. Insert the<br />
driver CD-ROM<br />
• Insert the Neopost CD-ROM in the CD drive of your PC.<br />
2. Connect the<br />
PC to the<br />
printer<br />
• Make sure that your printer is turned off.<br />
• Connect the printer with the USB cable to your PC.<br />
• Turn on the printer. Check if the printer shows OnlinUSB in the<br />
bottom line of the main display.<br />
If not press the Ok key to turn the printer online.<br />
If the printer shows OnlinTCP in the bottom line of the main<br />
display use the menu PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
COMMUNICATION to select the USB interface.<br />
• Wait for the automatic detection of the new hardware.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 109
• Proceed with the installation of the printer driver.<br />
3. Install the<br />
driver with the<br />
New Hardware<br />
Wizard<br />
• Follow the steps of the New Hardware Wizard of Windows XP/Vista<br />
• If asked select the installation choices as shown in Figure 47 and<br />
Figure 48. The Wizard will search the content of the CD-ROM for<br />
the drivers and will install them.<br />
Figure 47: New Hardware Wizard<br />
Figure 48: Recommended install procedure<br />
• After the installation the printer is ready to use.<br />
During the installation, the Wizard might prompt that the driver is not<br />
approved by Windows. Please continue the installation by clicking on<br />
“Continue Anyway”<br />
7.1.2 Windows 7<br />
1. Insert the<br />
driver CD-ROM<br />
• Insert the Neopost CD-ROM in the CD drive of your PC.<br />
110 User Manual Version 3.1
2. Connect the<br />
PC to the<br />
printer<br />
• Make sure that your printer is turned off.<br />
• Connect the printer with the USB cable to your PC.<br />
• Turn on the printer. Check if the printer shows OnlinUSB in the<br />
bottom line of the main display.<br />
If not press the Ok key to turn the printer online.<br />
If the printer shows OnlinTCP in the bottom line of the main<br />
display use the menu PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
COMMUNICATION to select the USB interface.<br />
• Wait for the automatic detection of the new hardware.<br />
• By clicking on the message box, Windows will display a status<br />
window.<br />
• Windows 7 is not able to locate the printer drivers on the CD-ROM<br />
or in the Internet automatically. Therefore you have to install the<br />
printer driver manually.<br />
3. Install the<br />
driver<br />
manually<br />
• Click on the Windows button and “Devices and Printers”<br />
• The detected printer is listed under the category “Unspecified”.<br />
Right-click on it and select “Properties”.<br />
• Go to the tab “Hardware” and see the listed device functions (see<br />
Figure 49). Double-click on the printer (Type: Other devices);<br />
another properties window will open.<br />
• Select the button “Change Settings” (administrator rights<br />
required). The window will flicker once.<br />
• Switch to the tab “Driver” and select the button “Update driver”<br />
(see Figure 50). The “Update Driver Software” Wizard will appear.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 111
Pos: 76.3 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/USB 2.0 (619)/7.X_Ü2_How to use the USB interface_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1295877712574_912.doc @ 29696 @ 2<br />
Figure 49: Properties of unspecified device<br />
Figure 50: Update the printer driver<br />
4. Update<br />
Driver<br />
Software<br />
Wizard<br />
• Choose the option “Browse my computer for driver software” (see<br />
Figure 51).<br />
• Select your CD-ROM drive and then click on “Next”. Let the Wizard<br />
look for appropriate drivers. Choose the driver for your Neopost<br />
printer and click on “Next” (see Figure 52).<br />
• Windows will now locate and install the driver. After the procedure<br />
the printer is ready to use.<br />
Figure 51: Update Driver Software Wizard<br />
Figure 52: Select the driver source<br />
During the installation, the Wizard might prompt that the driver is not<br />
approved by Windows. Please continue the installation by clicking on<br />
“Continue Anyway”<br />
112 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 76.4 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/TCP /IP (619)/7.X_Ü2_How to use the Ethernet interface_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1289307206814_912.doc @ 28147 @ 2<br />
Pos: 76.5 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/TCP /IP (619)/7.X.X_Ü3_Adding a TCP/IP port to a printer driver_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1295345335701_912.doc @ 29481 @ 3<br />
7.2 How to use the USB interface<br />
Start the the printer driver installation first<br />
Please make sure to start the installation the printer driver before you<br />
connect to the printer to the PC!<br />
See chapter 7.1 on page 109 for a description of how to install the<br />
printer driver.<br />
Plug the USB cable into the USB interface of the printer.<br />
PC you may start to send print jobs to the printer.<br />
After turning on printer and<br />
7.3 How to use the Ethernet interface<br />
The printer can either be connected directly to a PC via the Ethernet (TCP/IP) connection or<br />
the printer can be connected to a local area network (LAN) using the Ethernet (TCP/IP)<br />
connection.<br />
• Please attach the “Splitting Ferrite with plastic case” (part number 9204150F) to the<br />
end of the Ethernet cable that goes into the printer. See Figure 53.<br />
Figure 53: Ferrite with plastic case<br />
• Please see chapter 7.3.2 on how to connect the printer to a network via the Ethernet<br />
connection<br />
• Please see chapter 7.3.3 on how to connect printer directly to a PC via the Ethernet<br />
connection<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 113
7.3.1 Adding a TCP/IP port to a printer driver<br />
1. Modify the<br />
existing<br />
printer driver<br />
• Open “Devices and Printers” on your PC (START > Control Panel ><br />
Hardware and Sound).<br />
• Select your printer and click on it with the right mouse button and<br />
select “Printer properties” from the context menu.<br />
• Click on the tab “Ports” and on the button “Add Port…”. This will<br />
open a new window. In this window select “Standard TCP/IP Port”<br />
and click onto “New Port…”.<br />
Figure 54: Adding TCP/IP Port<br />
2. Standard<br />
TCP/IP Printer<br />
Port Wizard<br />
• The “Add Standard TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard” will be opened.<br />
Click onto “Next >” to continue (see Figure 62).<br />
• Now enter the exact IP address of your printer and click onto<br />
“Next>” (See Figure 63. This figure only shows a sample IP<br />
address. Make sure to enter the IP address used in your<br />
installation).<br />
• Wait until the automatic detection is finished.<br />
Figure 55: TCP/IP Printer Port Wizard<br />
Figure 56: IP address of the printer<br />
114 User Manual Version 3.1
Correct IP address syntax<br />
Don’t enter the unnecessary “0” digits of the IP address in the<br />
properties window. If the IP address is not entered correct, the PC<br />
cannot establish a connection to the printer.<br />
Example:<br />
NOT correct: 192.168.005.008<br />
Correct: 192.168.5.8<br />
3. Check<br />
customs<br />
settings<br />
• After the detection select “Custom” and click on “Settings…” (see<br />
Figure 57).<br />
• Set the “Port number” to the same value as set in the printer.<br />
Then click on “OK”. Make sure the Protocol is set to “RAW” (See<br />
Figure 58. This figure only shows a sample IP address. Make sure<br />
to enter the IP address used in your installation).<br />
• Check the settings and click on “Finish”.<br />
Figure 57: Custom settings<br />
Figure 58: Custom settings of printer port<br />
• Now this printer driver is ready to send data via the TCP/IP port.<br />
Make sure that the box at the new “Standard TCP/IP Port” is<br />
checked (see Figure 59).<br />
• To use the Ethernet connection for printing, select this printer<br />
driver in your software application.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 115
Pos: 76.6 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/TCP /IP (619)/7.2.1_Ü3_Connecting the printer to a network_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1289307329445_912.doc @ 28163 @ 344<br />
Figure 59: Address printer port settings<br />
7.3.2 Connecting the printer to a local area network<br />
Configuration of network settings<br />
To connect the printer to a LAN it is necessary to perform certain<br />
configurations on the server of your LAN.<br />
Please contact your company’s network administrator for support.<br />
Connect the<br />
printer to the<br />
LAN<br />
• Connect the printer to the LAN with the Ethernet cable<br />
Insert one Ethernet connector of the cable into the Ethernet<br />
interface of the printer and insert the other connector into an<br />
Ethernet port of the LAN.<br />
• Configure the TCP/IP interface of the printer. There are two<br />
options for the configuration of the printer’s TCP/IP interface:<br />
• Fix IP<br />
• Dynamic IP<br />
Please read the descriptions for these two options below and<br />
choose the one the fits best to your network.<br />
116 User Manual Version 3.1
7.3.2.1 Using a fixed IP address<br />
1. Printer<br />
settings “fix<br />
IP”<br />
• Open the main menu of the printer with the Home key.<br />
• Open the menu PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
COMMUNICATION > TCP/IP.<br />
• In this menu select the setting fix IP.<br />
In the next menu you can set the values for Port Number, IP<br />
Address, Subnet Mask and Gateway IP Address.<br />
Port number<br />
IP Address<br />
Subnet Mask<br />
Gateway IP Address<br />
The default port 9100 is commonly used by printers. Please make<br />
sure that this port is not blocked in your LAN or use a port number<br />
that is accessible in your LAN.<br />
Please enter an IP address that is valid with your LAN.<br />
Please enter the Subnet Mask of your LAN.<br />
Please enter the IP address of the server of your LAN.<br />
2. Enter/<br />
change the<br />
default<br />
settings<br />
• The printer default values are shown below.<br />
Port Number: 9100<br />
IP Address: 192.168.50.180<br />
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0<br />
Gateway IP Address: 192.168.50.180<br />
• Confirm any changes to the values by pressing the Ok key. Now<br />
press the Cancel key until the main view is shown in the display.<br />
• Press the Ok key to turn the printer online. The bottom line of<br />
the display must now show: OnlinTCP<br />
7.3.2.2 Using a dynamic IP address<br />
1. Printer<br />
settings<br />
“dynamic IP”<br />
• Open the main menu of the printer with the Home key.<br />
• Open the menu PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
COMMUNICATION > TCP/IP.<br />
• In this menu select the setting dynamic IP.<br />
• In the next menu you can set the value for the Port Number.<br />
Port number<br />
The default port 9100 is commonly used by printers. Please make<br />
sure that this port is not blocked in your LAN or set to a port<br />
number that is used in your LAN.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 117
Hinweis<br />
2. Enter/<br />
change the<br />
default<br />
settings<br />
• Confirm any changes to the port number by pressing the Ok<br />
key. Now press the Cancel key until the main view is shown in<br />
the display.<br />
• Press the Ok key to turn the printer online. The bottom line of<br />
the display must now show: OnlinTCP<br />
3. Configure<br />
LAN settings<br />
(server<br />
settings)<br />
The printer is set to a fixed IP address<br />
• Please check that the printer’s IP address is valid within your LAN.<br />
• Please check that the printer’s IP address is not already used in<br />
your LAN.<br />
• Please check that the printer’s IP address can be detected (ping<br />
test) within your LAN. See Figure 61 for an example of such a test.<br />
In this sample the printer was set to a fix IP address<br />
(192.168.1.34). This IP was detected successfully by the server.<br />
The printer is set to dynamic IP address<br />
• It is recommended to use a fixed DHCP (Dynamic Host<br />
Configuration Protocol) table on your server to assign one specific<br />
IP address to the printer.<br />
Therefore you need to lock up the MAC address of the printer. You<br />
can lock up the printer’s MAC address either on your server of in<br />
the following printer menu: SERVICE > CONFIGURAT. INFO<br />
See Figure 60 for an example of such a DHCP table on a server. In<br />
this sample the printer with the MAC address 34 D2 C4 00 00 08<br />
was assigned to the IP address 192.168.1.34. This setup makes<br />
sure that the IP address assigned to the printer will always be the<br />
same.<br />
• Please check that the printer’s IP address can be detected (ping<br />
test) within your LAN.<br />
• Please check in the printer menu that the IP address shown there<br />
matches the one set on your server (SERVICE > CONFIGURAT.<br />
INFO).<br />
Figure 60: DHCP Table on server<br />
Using the printer within a LAN<br />
It is necessary to assign one specific IP address to the printer within the<br />
network. Since this one specific IP address needs to be entered in the<br />
configuration of the printer driver.<br />
118 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 76.7 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/TCP /IP (619)/7.X.X_Ü3_Direct ethernet connection between the printer and the PC_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1289307250494_912.doc @ 28152 @ 3<br />
Hinweis<br />
Checking the printer’s network settings<br />
You can always check the printer’s current IP address, Port number,<br />
subnet mask, gateway and the MAC address in this printer menu:<br />
SERVICE > CONFIGURAT. INFO<br />
Figure 61: Test of fix IP (ping test on server)<br />
4. Configure<br />
network<br />
settings (PC)<br />
and install<br />
printer driver<br />
• It is not necessary to change any network settings on the PC used<br />
to send data to the printer, given that the PC is working within the<br />
same LAN as the printer.<br />
• Install and configure the printer driver for your printer model as<br />
described in chapter 7.1 on page 109.<br />
7.3.3 Direct Ethernet connection between the printer and the PC<br />
1. Connect the<br />
printer to the<br />
PC with an<br />
Ethernet cable<br />
• Connect the printer to the PC with the Ethernet cable.<br />
Insert one Ethernet connector of the cable into the Ethernet<br />
interface of the printer and insert the other connector into the<br />
interface of your PC.<br />
2. TCP/IP<br />
interface<br />
configuration<br />
of the printer<br />
• Open the main menu of the printer with the Home key.<br />
• Open the menu PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
COMMUNICATION > TCP/IP.<br />
• In this menu select the setting fix IP. This is the required setting<br />
for a direct Ethernet connection between printer and PC.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 119
3. Enter/<br />
change the<br />
default<br />
settings<br />
• Set the values for Port Number, IP Address, Subnet Mask and<br />
Gateway IP Address according to your needs or leave the default<br />
values.<br />
Port Number: 9100<br />
IP Address: 192.168.50.180<br />
Subnet Mask: 255.255.255.0<br />
Gateway IP Address: 192.168.50.180<br />
• Confirm any changes to the values by pressing the Ok key. Now<br />
press the Cancel key until the main view is shown in the display.<br />
• Press the Ok key to turn the printer online. The bottom line of<br />
the display must now show: OnlinTCP<br />
Changing the PC’s IP address<br />
Please note all your network settings before performing the<br />
configuration described below. When you want to use this PC in your<br />
LAN again, the network settings of this PC have to be reconfigured.<br />
4. Configure<br />
the network<br />
settings of the<br />
PC<br />
In order to use this connection you have to set a fixed IP address for<br />
this PC.<br />
• Open the “Network and Sharing Center” on your PC (START ><br />
Control Panel > Network and Internet).<br />
• Click onto “Change adapter settings”.<br />
120 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 77 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/8.0_Ü1_Service @ 0\mod_1251192378636_912.doc @ 3024 @ 1<br />
• Select the „Local Area Connection” and click onto “Change Settings<br />
of this connection”.<br />
• Deactivate the item “Internet Protocol Version 6 (TCP/IPv6)” and<br />
then select the “Internet Protocol Version 4 (TCP/IPv4)” and click<br />
onto “Properties” (see Figure 62)<br />
• Select “Use the following IP address:” and enter the following<br />
values (see Figure 63):<br />
IP address: The first three parts of the address must be the same<br />
as in the printer. The last part must be different!<br />
Subnet mask: Same as in the printer.<br />
Default gateway: Must be the same as the IP address in the<br />
printer.<br />
• Click onto “OK” and wait until the connection to the printer is<br />
established.<br />
Figure 62: Local Area Connection Properties<br />
Figure 63: TCP/IPv4 settings<br />
5. Install and<br />
configure the<br />
printer driver<br />
• Install and configure the printer driver for your printer model as<br />
described in chapter 7.1 on page 109.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 121
Pos: 78 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/8.1_Ü2_Maintenance and support @ 0\mod_1251203636132_912.doc @ 3106 @ 2<br />
Pos: 79 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.1.1_Ü3_Cleaning the printer_<strong>AS</strong>-2060/3060/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitB @ 1\mod_1261065298883_912.doc @ 8971 @ 3<br />
Pos: 80 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.1.x_Cleaning_the_paper_sensor_CONTR<strong>AS</strong>T @ 2\mod_1266336994568_912.doc @ 12217 @<br />
Pos: 81 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.1.2_Ü3_Cleaning the ink cartridge @ 1\mod_1261065320023_912.doc @ 8975 @ 3<br />
8 Service<br />
8.1 Maintenance and support<br />
8.1.1 How to clean the printer<br />
Cleaning<br />
Before the cleaning of the printer, it has to be disconnected from the<br />
power outlet.<br />
When cleaning the metal parts of the printer, do not use liquid or spray cleaners, but only a<br />
cloth dampened with water.<br />
Paper dust or inks stains on the transport belts can effortlessly be removed with standard<br />
glass cleaning agent. Use a damped cloth for cleaning. You can also clean the metal plate<br />
underneath the transport belt. Therefore lift the belt cautiously on one side and wipe of the<br />
dust on the metal plate using a damped cloth.<br />
If there are leftover paper snippets caught in the belt gaps, remove them using a forceps.<br />
Cleaning the<br />
paper sensor<br />
(Top of Form<br />
Sensor)<br />
It is highly recommended to check and clean the paper sensor every day.<br />
• Check if the LED on the paper sensor is flashing when you put a<br />
material under the sensor.<br />
• Clean the sensor from paper dust and dirt.<br />
122 User Manual Version 3.1
8.1.2 How to clean an ink cartridge<br />
Damage to the ink cartridge<br />
Wrong cleaning leads to damaged ink cartridges and bad print<br />
quality. Please stick to the described cleaning instructions of this User<br />
Manual.<br />
Please do not use chemical solvents or any cleaning agents. Furthermore do not use paper<br />
towels, toilet paper, sponges, dry cloths or any other textiles with small abrasive fibers for<br />
the cleaning of the cartridge nozzles.<br />
Recommended cleaning utilities<br />
• Use only fiber-free tissues for cleaning the ink cartridge nozzles<br />
(see chapter 9.1 Consumables, on page 164). Please follow the<br />
instructions below.<br />
• Use only pure distilled water to damp the cleaning cloth. The water<br />
can etch dried ink residues and may reactivate clogged nozzles.<br />
Cleaning the<br />
nozzle plate<br />
• Dampen the cleaning cloth with a small amount of distilled water.<br />
• Cautiously press the cartridge nozzles onto the tissue and wait<br />
until the cloth soaks up a small amount of ink.<br />
• Slowly wipe the cartridge nozzles on the tissue surface, in the<br />
direction of the nozzle rows (see Figure 64).<br />
• Optional: Insert the cleaned ink cartridge into the printer and use<br />
the CLEAN HEADS function (Quick + Arrow down ) to purge<br />
the nozzles.<br />
Cleaning the<br />
contacts<br />
• Dampen the cleaning cloth with a small amount of alcohol.<br />
• Do NOT bring the alcohol in contact with the nozzle plate (see<br />
Figure 65)!<br />
• Carefully wipe the contacts with the cloth.<br />
• Check if all contacts are free of ink stains. If not, continue wiping<br />
the contacts until all are shiny and stain free.<br />
• Optional: To check if all contacts are completely clean, use the<br />
following menu: SERVICE > HARDWARE TEST > Cartridge. If this<br />
test shows MISSING DOTS: no for each cartridge, the contacts are<br />
completely clean.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 123
Pos: 82 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/8.1.2_Pivoted print unit @ 2\mod_1266580877363_912.doc @ 12327 @<br />
Pos: 83 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.1.x_Ü3_Cleaning_the_pen_board_contacts @ 2\mod_1265722269294_912.doc @ 11770 @ 3<br />
Contacts<br />
Nozzle plate<br />
Figure 64: Cleaning the nozzle plate<br />
Figure 65: Nozzle plate and contacts<br />
Pivoted print unit<br />
Each print unit can be pivoted to clean the ink cartridge nozzles while<br />
still installed in the mounting. Use a cleaning cloth as described above<br />
and cautiously wipe the cartridge nozzles.<br />
Figure 66: Pivoted print unit<br />
124 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 84 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.2.x_Ü3_How to reset the printer @ 1\mod_1263547335243_912.doc @ 10311 @ 3<br />
8.1.3 How to clean the pen board contacts<br />
Cleaning the<br />
pen board<br />
contacts<br />
When exchanging ink cartridges, it may happen that ink from the ink<br />
cartridges is smeared onto the contacts of the pen boards. Therefore it is<br />
necessary to clean these contacts regularly.<br />
• Take out all ink cartridges.<br />
• Use only fiber-free tissues for cleaning the pen board contacts (see<br />
chapter 9.1 Consumables, on page 164).<br />
• Dampen the cleaning cloth either with a small amount of distilled<br />
water or cleaning alcohol.<br />
• Wrap the cloth around your finger and carefully wipe the contacts.<br />
• Repeat until no more ink is left on the contacts.<br />
Figure 67: Pen board contacts<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 125
Pos: 85 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/8.2_Ü2_Troubleshooting @ 0\mod_1251203477457_912.doc @ 3102 @ 2<br />
8.1.4 How to reset the printer<br />
To reset the printer to the factory settings, you have to start the printer in a special mode.<br />
Non-Mechanical Reset (resets all settings, except for mechanical settings):<br />
1. Turn off the printer<br />
2. Press AND hold the following key: Quick<br />
3. Turn on the printer<br />
4. Keeping holding the Quick key until the printer shows<br />
Non-Mechanical Reset<br />
Alignmt Values Saved<br />
5. Release the Quick key and the printer will be ready to use.<br />
Default Reset (resets all settings):<br />
1. Turn off the printer<br />
2. Press AND hold the following key: Home<br />
3. Turn on the printer<br />
4. Keeping holding the Home key until the printer shows<br />
Printer XXX<br />
Default Reset<br />
5. Release the Home key and the printer will be ready to use.<br />
Mechanical settings<br />
Make sure to re-enter all required mechanical settings (e.g. ADJUST<br />
TOF) after performing a default reset!<br />
126 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 86 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/8.2a_Ü3_Band läuft nicht mehr an_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/CSV-810 @ 0\mod_1254147013765_912.doc @ 3891 @ 3<br />
Pos: 87 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/8.2b_Überschrift Fuse exchange <strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase control unit @ 2\mod_1267188940605_912.doc @ 12592 @<br />
Pos: 88 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/8.2b_Sicherungswechsel_250V 3.15A T_EG2008.050_mit Schalter @ 2\mod_1267189327835_912.doc @ 12605 @<br />
Pos: 89 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/8.2b_Überschrift Fuse exchange <strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase conveyor @ 2\mod_1267189061755_912.doc @ 12596 @<br />
8.2 Troubleshooting<br />
8.2.1 The conveyor transport doesn’t work<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
The transport doesn’t work.<br />
The power is cut, or the<br />
release button is not<br />
activated.<br />
Check whether the green<br />
release button is flashing or<br />
off. Press the button to<br />
release the emergency stop<br />
function.<br />
Check the correct connection<br />
of the power cable.<br />
Check the fuses of the<br />
device.<br />
Fuse exchange for the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> control unit:<br />
Fuse exchange<br />
Attention!<br />
Disconnect the device from the power outlet before exchanging the<br />
fuses.<br />
Data<br />
Type<br />
Dimensions<br />
Voltage<br />
Glass tube microfuse<br />
5 x 20 mm<br />
250 V<br />
Amount 2<br />
3.15 A (T)<br />
Figure 1: Exchange of the fuses<br />
Use a flat screwdriver to swing open the fuse holder cover. Take the<br />
holder out of the power input module. Both fuses need to be intact.<br />
Change the blown fuses and insert the holder again.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 127
Pos: 90 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/8.2b_Sicherungswechsel_250V 2.5A T_EG2008.049_ohne Schalter @ 2\mod_1267189327726_912.doc @ 12601 @<br />
Pos: 91 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/Printing/8.2.X_Ü3_Weak_printout_due_to_worng_ink_type_selected_ALL PRINTERS @ 2\mod_1276846566086_912.doc @ 18721 @ 3<br />
Pos: 92 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/8.2.4_Ü3_Ink_on_transport_belt_after_test_print_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1265645246882_912.doc @ 11718 @ 3<br />
Fuse exchange for the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> conveyor belt:<br />
Fuse exchange<br />
Attention!<br />
Disconnect the device from the power outlet before exchanging the<br />
fuses.<br />
Data<br />
Type<br />
Dimensions<br />
Voltage<br />
Glass tube microfuse<br />
5 x 20 mm<br />
250 V<br />
Amount 2<br />
2.5 A (T)<br />
Figure 2: Exchange of the fuses<br />
Use a flat screwdriver to swing open the fuse holder cover. Take the<br />
holder out of the power input module. Both fuses need to be intact.<br />
Change the blown fuses and insert the holder again.<br />
8.2.2 No or only very weak printout with new ink cartridges<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
No printout can be seen on<br />
the material or the printout<br />
has very little contrast.<br />
Although the cartridges are<br />
new and a high print quality<br />
is set.<br />
The wrong ink type is<br />
selected.<br />
Make sure to select correct<br />
inky type in the printer menu<br />
for the ink cartridges used in<br />
the printer. If the used ink<br />
type is not known select u<br />
USER INK as ink type in the<br />
printer menu.<br />
PRINTER CONFIG. > INK ><br />
SET INK TYPE ><br />
u USER INK<br />
128 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 93 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/Emergency stop/8.2.5_Ü3_Emergency_system_cannot_be_released_<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1267453460548_912.doc @ 12700 @ 3<br />
Pos: 94 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/8.2a_Ü3_The printer doesn't detect a connected Feeder_Systems only @ 3\mod_1279806749958_912.doc @ 24172 @ 3<br />
8.2.3 Ink on transport belt after test print<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
Ink is printed onto a<br />
transport belt when<br />
performing a test print or<br />
clean heads.<br />
The material is too small or it<br />
is not fed in the correct<br />
position.<br />
Use a large enough material<br />
to accommodate the test<br />
print.<br />
Feed the material according<br />
to the position of the print<br />
units before starting the test<br />
print.<br />
8.2.4 Emergency system cannot be released<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
The display shows the<br />
message<br />
EMERGENCY BUTTON SHOULD<br />
BE RELE<strong>AS</strong>ED!<br />
CODE: 49<br />
and the printer cannot be set<br />
back to normal, by pressing<br />
the green emergency release<br />
button.<br />
One section of the<br />
emergency system is still<br />
open.<br />
Check if the red emergency<br />
button is released.<br />
Check if all emergency stop<br />
connections on the machine<br />
are set up and connected<br />
correctly (see chapter<br />
Emergency stop connection).<br />
Check the emergency<br />
buttons and connections on<br />
all connected devices.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 129
Pos: 95 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/Material/8.2d_Ü3_Medien werden unsauber aufs Band abgelegt_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/CSV-810 @ 0\mod_1254147014374_912.doc @ 3899 @ 3<br />
Pos: 96 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/Printing/8.2.X_Ü3_White_streaks_in_printed_text_or_graphic_PRINTERS WITHOUT CAPPING STATION @ 2\mod_1276782982099_912.doc @ 18702 @ 3<br />
8.2.5 The printer doesn't detect a connected Feeder<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
The printer does not<br />
establish a connection and<br />
does not control the<br />
connected Feeder<br />
(start/stop/speed).<br />
A connection between the<br />
printer and the Feeder<br />
couldn’t be established.<br />
Make sure to first switch on<br />
the Feeder and second to<br />
switch on the printer.<br />
Check the correct connection<br />
between the printer and the<br />
feeder.<br />
Check whether the<br />
emergency stop was<br />
activated or the emergency<br />
stop connection is broken.<br />
Make use of the strapping<br />
plugs to cut the Feeder from<br />
the emergency stop<br />
connection of the printer<br />
(4.5.2, on page 34.<br />
Try to use the Feeder in<br />
offline mode (control<br />
start/stop/speed manually).<br />
8.2.6 The products slip unjustified onto the conveyor<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
The products slip unjustified<br />
onto the conveyor. The<br />
products aren’t<br />
aligned/parallel.<br />
The material transfer<br />
between the upstream<br />
device and the conveyor belt<br />
is not coordinated.<br />
Be aware that the products<br />
are fed centered and parallel<br />
to the conveyor.<br />
Adjust the area of suction to<br />
the used paper format.<br />
Therefore use the slider for<br />
the suction area to focus the<br />
vacuum on the middle of the<br />
belt.<br />
Ensure that the height of the<br />
conveyor is a little bit lower<br />
than that of the upstream<br />
and feeding device.<br />
Reduce the transport speed<br />
of the conveyor and adjust<br />
the speed according to that<br />
of the upstream device.<br />
130 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 97 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/Printing/8.2.X_Ü3_White_streaks_in_printed_text_or_graphic_in_between_cartridges_ALL FIXED HEAD @ 2\mod_1277726696585_912.doc @ 21362 @ 3<br />
8.2.7 White streaks in printed text or graphic<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
White streaks show up in<br />
printed text or graphics (see<br />
Figure 69).<br />
Ink dried in the nozzles or<br />
cartridge malfunction.<br />
Always store the ink<br />
cartridges in an airtight box.<br />
Perform a Clean Heads print<br />
by pressing the Quick and<br />
Arrow down keys<br />
together.<br />
Clean the ink cartridge and<br />
the pen board contacts as<br />
described in 8.1, on page<br />
122.<br />
Print the Cartr. Print Patt<br />
service print form the<br />
SERVICE -> SERVICE PRINT<br />
menu to detect a possible<br />
cartridge malfunction. If the<br />
cartridge has a malfunction,<br />
replace it.<br />
Check the cartridge from the<br />
SERVICE -> HARDWARE TEST<br />
-> Cartridge<br />
menu to detect a possible<br />
cartridge malfunction. If the<br />
cartridge has a malfunction,<br />
replace it.<br />
Figure 68: White streaks in text<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 131
Pos: 98 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Troubleshooting (all printers)/Printing/8.2.1_Ü3_The printed ink doesn't dry on the substrate @ 3\mod_1279804829363_912.doc @ 24149 @ 3<br />
8.2.8 White streak in printed text or graphics (in between cartridges)<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
White streak shows up in<br />
printed text or graphics. The<br />
white streak is located in<br />
between the print area of<br />
two cartridges (see Figure<br />
69).<br />
Ink dried in nozzles<br />
Cartridge has a mechanical<br />
defect<br />
Check if this is actually the<br />
problem. See solution in<br />
chapter 8.2.7, on page 130.<br />
Check if this is actually the<br />
problem by performing a<br />
Cartr. Print Patt from<br />
the SERVICE > SERVICE<br />
PRINT menu. If the cartridge<br />
has a malfunction, replace it.<br />
Print area of 1. cartridge<br />
Print area of 2. cartridge<br />
Preview of print layout in PC software<br />
Print area of 1. cartridge<br />
Print area of 2. cartridge<br />
Actual printout with white streak<br />
Figure 69: White streaks in between two cartridges<br />
132 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 99 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.x_Ü2_Error_Messages @ 2\mod_1265641574257_912.doc @ 11615 @ 2<br />
8.2.9 The printed ink doesn’t dry on the substrate<br />
Condition Problem Solution<br />
The used ink doesn’t dry fast<br />
enough.<br />
The printout looks partly<br />
smeared.<br />
The drying time is too short.<br />
There is too much ink on the<br />
printout.<br />
The material-ink combination<br />
is not suitable.<br />
Reduce the print quality (e.g.<br />
2x6dpi instead of 3x6dpi) to<br />
decrease the amount of ink.<br />
If available, put a conveyor<br />
behind the printer to extend<br />
the drying time.<br />
Reduce the transport speed<br />
to extend the drying time.<br />
Try another kind of ink (see<br />
9.1.1, on page 164). Vary<br />
the material-ink<br />
combinations.<br />
If available, use an infrared<br />
light dryer (ask your local<br />
Neopost dealer).<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 133
Pos: 100 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.x_Ü3_How to read an error messages entry @ 2\mod_1277217445578_912.doc @ 18851 @ 3<br />
Pos: 101.1 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/01_NO PAPER @ 2\mod_1265617203247_912.doc @ 11272 @<br />
Pos: 101.2 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/02a_PAPER_JAM_OR_WRONG_PAPER_WIDTH @ 2\mod_1265617312631_912.doc @ 11275 @<br />
8.3 Error Messages<br />
8.3.1 How to read an error message entry<br />
• Protocol code:<br />
Three digit number that is sent by the printer via the serial interface when this error<br />
occurs.<br />
• Display message:<br />
Text that is shown in the printer display. The text in the display always includes the<br />
error code as reference for the operator.<br />
• Cause:<br />
What caused this error.<br />
• Elimination:<br />
Steps the operator can take to avoid this error.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
001 NO PAPER !!<br />
CODE: 01<br />
Elimination • Refill feeder<br />
• Check separation<br />
• Check for paper jam<br />
• Check that paper sensor can<br />
detect the paper when it<br />
enters the printer<br />
• Check paper sensor distance<br />
to material<br />
Timeout because no paper front<br />
edge was detected during printing<br />
• Adjust/teach-in paper sensor<br />
• Check paper sensor in<br />
HARDWARE TEST<br />
• Check paper sensor cable<br />
• Check JP 20, 21 and 22 on<br />
mainboard (only for service<br />
technician)<br />
• Clean paper sensor/ reflector<br />
134 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.3 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/03a_PAPER_TOO_SMALL_OR_WRONG_PAPER_WIDTH @ 2\mod_1265617369854_912.doc @ 11278 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
002 PAPER JAM OR WRONG PAPER<br />
WIDTH!<br />
Expected paper size exceeded<br />
CODE: 02<br />
Elimination • Check for paper jam<br />
• Check for double feed papers<br />
• Measure actual paper size<br />
• Compare paper size in<br />
transport direction with size<br />
set in printer<br />
• Compare paper size in PC<br />
software with size set in<br />
printer<br />
• Check if a wrong paper size is<br />
locked<br />
• Check if paper gets stuck on<br />
any machine parts<br />
• Check if the belt(s) is running<br />
in the correct position<br />
• Check paper position on<br />
vacuum belt (see chapter X)<br />
• Check for varying paper sizes<br />
(e.g. inserts in a magazine)<br />
Printer with separate feeder:<br />
• Check that the paper size in<br />
transport direction is larger<br />
than the distance paper<br />
sensor to feeding system<br />
Printer with integrated feeder:<br />
• Check if the feeding<br />
components are worn<br />
• Increase the value in the SET<br />
PAP.TOLERANCE menu<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 135
Pos: 101.4 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/04_ERROR_PAPER_SENSOR @ 2\mod_1265617418639_912.doc @ 11281 @<br />
Pos 101.5 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/05_Increase_The_Gap! @ 2\mod_1265617469330_912.doc @ 11284 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
003 PAPER TOO SMALL OR WRONG<br />
PAPER WIDTH!<br />
CODE: 03<br />
Elimination • Measure actual paper size<br />
• Compare paper size in<br />
transport direction with size<br />
set in printer<br />
• Compare paper size in PC<br />
software with size set in<br />
printer<br />
• Check if a wrong paper size is<br />
locked<br />
• When using material with nonrectangular<br />
edges or with<br />
press cut sections turn off the<br />
PAPER SENSOR in the menu<br />
• Attach a holding-down device<br />
when using uneven materials<br />
(e.g. foil-wrapped magazines)<br />
• Adjust/teach-in paper sensor<br />
• Check paper sensor in<br />
HARDWARE TEST<br />
Expected paper size too small<br />
Fixed Head Printer with one<br />
print unit:<br />
• If your material is preprinted<br />
on the reverse side<br />
set the PAPER SENSOR to Off<br />
and blank colourpaper.<br />
Fixed Head Printer with more<br />
than one print unit:<br />
• Clean the reflector of the<br />
paper sensor<br />
• Check that the reflector is<br />
aligned parallel to the paper<br />
sensor<br />
• Check if the reflector is<br />
damaged<br />
Printer with separate feeder:<br />
• Check if paper gets stuck on<br />
any machine parts<br />
• Check if the paper enters the<br />
printer parallel aligned<br />
• Check paper sensor cable<br />
• Check if the belt(s) is running<br />
in the correct position<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
004 ERROR PAPER SENSOR CHECK<br />
THE SENSOR!<br />
Unexpected paper sensor signal<br />
CODE: 04<br />
Elimination • Clean the paper sensor<br />
• Clean the reflector<br />
• Adjust/teach-in paper sensor<br />
• Check paper sensor in<br />
HARDWARE TEST<br />
• Call service<br />
136 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.6 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/06_Reduce_Paper_Speed! @ 2\mod_1265617538818_912.doc @ 11287 @<br />
Pos: 101.7 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/07_NO_FEEDER_CABLE_OR_PAPER_ON_THE_BELT @ 2\mod_1265617606807_912.doc @ 11290 @<br />
Pos: 101.8 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/09_PRINTING_ERROR_REPEAT_L<strong>AS</strong>T_ADDRESS @ 2\mod_1265617707328_912.doc @ 11296 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
005 INCRE<strong>AS</strong>E THE GAP! Ok TO<br />
CONTINUE!<br />
CODE: 05<br />
Elimination • Check separation system<br />
• Check if the feeding<br />
components are worn<br />
Gap between two products is too<br />
small or malfunction of paper<br />
sensor<br />
Printer with separate feeder:<br />
• Decrease the speed of the<br />
feeding system<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
006 REDUCE PAPER SPEED! Ok TO<br />
CONTINUE!<br />
Feeding speed and print data<br />
transfer do not match<br />
Elimination<br />
CODE: 06<br />
Printer with separate feeder:<br />
• Decrease the speed of the<br />
feeding system<br />
• Connect the feeder to the<br />
according interface on the<br />
printer<br />
• Set FEEDER CTRL. MODE to<br />
limit overspeed.<br />
• Reduce the amount of print<br />
data (see chapter X)<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
007 NO FEEDER CABLE OR PAPER ON<br />
THE BELT!<br />
CODE: 07<br />
Elimination • Connect the feeder to the<br />
according interface on the<br />
printer<br />
The printer detects paper before<br />
releasing the feeder output or<br />
starting the belt<br />
• Remove any paper from the<br />
transport belt before starting<br />
the print job<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
009 PRINTING ERROR REPEAT L<strong>AS</strong>T<br />
ADDRESS.<br />
Printer internal error detected<br />
CODE: 09<br />
Elimination • Check if the last printed pages<br />
were printed correctly<br />
• Reprint any faulty pages<br />
using the REPEAT PAGES<br />
feature from the Quick<br />
menu<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 137
Pos: 101.9 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/10a_BELT_MOTOR_JAM_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase_3060A_2060 @ 2\mod_1265617793005_912.doc @ 11302 @<br />
Pos: 101.10 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/10b_FEED_MOTOR_JAMMED @ 2\mod_1265618016578_912.doc @ 11305 @<br />
Pos: 101.11 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/11_No_Print-Data!_Speed_too_high_only R&P @ 2\mod_1265618115520_912.doc @ 11308 @<br />
Pos: 101.12 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/12_No_INK!!_U#_C# @ 2\mod_1265618218243_912.doc @ 11311 @<br />
Pos: 101.13 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/13_CHECKSUM_ERROR_! @ 2\mod_1265618265761_912.doc @ 11314 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
010 BELT MOTOR JAMED!<br />
Elimination<br />
CODE: 10<br />
Turn off and disconnect the<br />
machine from the power supply<br />
before trying to eliminate this<br />
error!<br />
• Check if the transport belt can<br />
be moved by hand<br />
The movement of the transport belt<br />
is rough-running<br />
• Check if any paper is stuck<br />
under the belt<br />
• Check if the belt(s) is<br />
running in the correct<br />
position (all suction holes<br />
must be free)<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
010 FEED MOTOR JAMED! Ok TO<br />
CONTINUE!<br />
Elimination<br />
CODE: 10<br />
Turn off and disconnect the<br />
machine from the power supply<br />
before trying to eliminate this<br />
error!<br />
• Check if the feeding system<br />
can be moved by hand<br />
The movement of the feeding<br />
system is rough-running<br />
• Check if any paper is stuck in<br />
the machine<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
011 NO PRINT DATA! SPEED TOO<br />
HIGH<br />
CODE: 11<br />
Paper detected by paper sensor but<br />
no print data available<br />
(Can only occur in a Read&Print<br />
Mode)<br />
Elimination • Check reading device • Reduce transport speed<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
012 NO INK !! CHANGE CARTRIDGE<br />
CODE: 12<br />
Ink level counter has reached the<br />
set empty level<br />
Elimination • Insert a new ink cartridge and<br />
reset the ink level counter<br />
138 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.14 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/14_CHECKSUM_ERROR_! @ 2\mod_1265896733283_912.doc @ 11938 @<br />
Pos: 101.15 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/15_CHECKSUM_ERROR_! @ 2\mod_1265896765800_912.doc @ 11962 @<br />
Pos: 101.16 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/16_CHECKSUM_ERROR_! @ 2\mod_1265896768206_912.doc @ 11966 @<br />
Pos: 101.17 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/17_CHECKSUM_ERROR_! @ 2\mod_1265896783800_912.doc @ 11970 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
013 CHECKSUM ERROR ! MAKE<br />
DEFAULT RESET<br />
Error in buffered RAM<br />
CODE: 13<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset • If the error occurs again after<br />
the default reset call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
014 CHECKSUM ERROR ! MAKE<br />
COUNTER RESET<br />
Error in buffered RAM<br />
CODE: 14<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset • If the error occurs again after<br />
the default reset call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
015 CHECKSUM ERROR ! TESTMACRO<br />
RESET<br />
Error in buffered RAM<br />
CODE: 15<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset • If the error occurs again after<br />
the default reset call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
016 CHECKSUM ERROR ! SETTING<br />
RESET<br />
Error in buffered RAM<br />
CODE: 16<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset • If the error occurs again after<br />
the default reset call service<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 139
Pos: 101.18 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/18a_CHECKSUM_ERROR_!_BDR ONLY! @ 2\mod_1265896785113_912.doc @ 11974 @<br />
Pos: 101.19 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/19_CHECKSUM_ERROR_! @ 2\mod_1265896786253_912.doc @ 11978 @<br />
Pos: 101.20 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/20_BUFFER_OVERFLOW! @ 2\mod_1265618324295_912.doc @ 11317 @<br />
Pos: 101.21 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/21_UNPRINTED_ADRESSES!_FINISH_THE_JOB @ 2\mod_1265618418236_912.doc @ 11320 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
017 CHECKSUM ERROR ! RESET<br />
PENVALUES<br />
Error in buffered RAM<br />
CODE: 17<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset • If the error occurs again after<br />
the default reset call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
018 CHECKSUM ERROR ! WIPE SPEED<br />
RESET<br />
Error in buffered RAM<br />
CODE: 18<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset • If the error occurs again after<br />
the default reset call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
019 CHECKSUM ERROR ! RESET<br />
DROPVALUES<br />
Error in buffered RAM<br />
CODE: 19<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset • If the error occurs again after<br />
the default reset call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
020 BUFFER OVERFLOW !<br />
CODE: 20<br />
Elimination • Check if the data cable is<br />
connected correctly at the<br />
printer and at the PC<br />
Overflow of the received buffer<br />
• Exchange the data cable<br />
140 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.22 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/22_PROGRAM_ERROR_MAKE_DEFAULT_RESET @ 2\mod_1265618469973_912.doc @ 11323 @<br />
Pos: 101.23 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/23_ERROR_UART-A(B)_RESET_THE_PRINTER @ 2\mod_1265618506397_912.doc @ 11326 @<br />
Pos: 101.24 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/24_DISPLAY_TIMEOUT_RESET_THE_PRINTER @ 2\mod_1265618599463_912.doc @ 11329 @<br />
Pos: 101.25 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/25_CHECK_CARTRIDGE(s)_HIT_OK_TO_CONTINUE @ 2\mod_1265618631465_912.doc @ 11332 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
021 UNPRINTED ADDRESSES!FINISH<br />
THE JOB<br />
CODE: 21<br />
Cause<br />
Address has not been<br />
completely printed<br />
Elimination • Do not carry out any<br />
modifications in the printer<br />
menu during the print job<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
022 PROGRAM ERROR MAKE<br />
DEFAULT RESET<br />
CODE: 22<br />
Cause<br />
Error in the program flow<br />
Elimination • Perform a default reset<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
023 UART-A ERROR RESET THE<br />
PRINTER<br />
CODE: 23<br />
Elimination • Turn on the PC before turning<br />
on the printer<br />
Cause<br />
PC was powered on or off<br />
• Restart the printer<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
024 DISPLAY TIMEOUT RESET THE<br />
PRINTER<br />
CODE: 24<br />
Cause<br />
Error of display controller<br />
Elimination • Restart the printer<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 141
Pos: 101.26 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/27a_Feed_Motor_Controller_FAULT_CALL_SERVICE! @ 2\mod_1265618746220_912.doc @ 11341 @<br />
Pos: 101.27 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/28_ERROR_PEN_BOARD#_CHECK_CABLE_OR_BOARD @ 2\mod_1265618803191_912.doc @ 11344 @<br />
Pos: 101.28 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/29_ERROR_CARTRIDGE_#_CHECK_CONNECTION @ 2\mod_1265618885914_912.doc @ 11347 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
025 CHECK CARTRIDGE(S) START TO<br />
CONTINUE<br />
CODE: 25<br />
Cause<br />
Cartridge no. # of print unit no.<br />
# is not inserted<br />
Elimination • Insert missing cartridge(s) • If a cartridge is inserted:<br />
Turn off the machine and<br />
then take out the cartridge<br />
and clean the contacts on the<br />
cartridge and the contacts in<br />
the pen board. Insert the<br />
cartridge again.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
027 FEED MOTOR CONTROLER<br />
FAULT! CALL SERVICE!<br />
CODE: 27<br />
Cause<br />
Motor controller damaged<br />
Elimination • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
028 ERROR PEN BOARD CALL<br />
SERVICE<br />
CODE: 28<br />
Elimination • Check for the SCSI cable if<br />
any contacts are bent<br />
Cause<br />
Error on the pen board<br />
• Call service<br />
• Make sure that the SCSI cable<br />
is tightly screwed to the<br />
printer and the print unit<br />
142 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.29 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/30_RAM_ERROR_Call_Service @ 2\mod_1265618941710_912.doc @ 11350 @<br />
Pos: 101.30 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/31_PRINTER_ERROR_WRONG_BOARD/FIRMWARE @ 2\mod_1265618996662_912.doc @ 11353 @<br />
Pos: 101.31 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/32_MACRO_LOADING_ERROR_RAM_MEMORY_IS_FULL! @ 2\mod_1265619042535_912.doc @ 11356 @<br />
Pos: 101.32 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/33_MACRO_TOO_HIGH_Reduce_to_#_Inches @ 2\mod_1265619098268_912.doc @ 11359 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
029 ERROR CARTRIDGE # CHECK<br />
CONNECTION!<br />
CODE: 29<br />
Cause<br />
Connection between cartridge<br />
contacts and pen board contacts<br />
is faulty<br />
Elimination • Take out the Cartridge and clean the contacts of the Cartridge and<br />
the contacts in the pen board. Insert the Cartridge again and press<br />
the Ok button. The printer will do another connection test.<br />
If the contact problem could not be solved, the message THE<br />
PROBLEM IS NOT SOLVED! may appear. Please try another ink<br />
Cartridge.<br />
If the problem is still not solved, call service.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
030 RAM ERROR CALL SERVICE<br />
CODE: 30<br />
Cause<br />
RAM error on CPU board<br />
Elimination • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
031 PRINTER ERROR WRONG<br />
BOARD/FIRMWARE<br />
CODE: 31<br />
Cause<br />
Board – Firmware – PCB do not<br />
match<br />
Elimination • Load the correct firmware<br />
version<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
032 MACRO LOADING ERROR RAM<br />
MEMORY IS FULL!<br />
CODE: 32<br />
Cause<br />
Insufficient memory for the<br />
macro<br />
Elimination • Reduce the size of the macro<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 143
Pos: 101.33 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/34_FONT_ERROR _!!_LOAD_FL<strong>AS</strong>H_FONTS! @ 2\mod_1265619140985_912.doc @ 11362 @<br />
Pos: 101.34 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/35a_PAP._WIDTH_TOO_SMALL @ 2\mod_1265619233592_912.doc @ 11371 @<br />
Pos: 101.35 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/41_ERROR_FEEDER_# @ 2\mod_1265619516276_912.doc @ 11386 @<br />
Pos: 101.36 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/42_EMERGENCY_BUTTON_Feeder @ 2\mod_1265619550964_912.doc @ 11389 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
033 MACRO TOO HIGH REDUCE TO x<br />
INCHES<br />
CODE: 33<br />
Cause<br />
A macro sent from the PC does<br />
not fit into the print area<br />
Elimination • Reduce the height of the<br />
macro to # inches<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
034 FONT ERROR LOAD FL<strong>AS</strong>H<br />
FONTS!<br />
CODE: 34<br />
Cause<br />
Error in the flash prom<br />
Elimination • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
035 PAP. WIDTH TOO SMALL MIN.<br />
VALUE:<br />
CODE: 35<br />
Elimination • Check if the paper size is<br />
within the printer<br />
specifications<br />
Cause<br />
Wrong paper width during paper<br />
size measurement or at job<br />
start from PC<br />
• Check if the paper sensor<br />
triggers before the rear edge<br />
of the paper<br />
• Check if the correct paper size<br />
is sent from the PC.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
041 ERROR FEEDER<br />
CODE: 41<br />
Cause<br />
Error detected at the serial<br />
connected feeder<br />
DC = motor or position error<br />
JAM = paper jam detected<br />
FDON = invalid transport speed<br />
detected / data transmission<br />
faulty<br />
DCM = invalid transport speed<br />
detected / data transmission<br />
faulty<br />
Elimination • Check for stuck paper • Check if the feeding system<br />
can be moved by hand<br />
144 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.37 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/43_EMERGENCY_BUTTON_BELT! @ 2\mod_1265619737542_912.doc @ 11392 @<br />
Pos: 101.38 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/44_ERROR_BELT_# @ 2\mod_1265619785729_912.doc @ 11395 @<br />
Pos: 101.39 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/47_ERROR_SMC1_RESET_THE_PRINTER @ 2\mod_1265619864479_912.doc @ 11401 @<br />
Pos: 101.40 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/48_ERROR_SCC_RESET_THE_PRINTER @ 2\mod_1265619936371_912.doc @ 11405 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
042 EMERGENCY BUTTON FEEDER!<br />
CODE: 42<br />
Cause<br />
Emergency button at the serial<br />
connected feeder is pressed<br />
Elimination • Release the emergency button<br />
and press the green<br />
emergency release button<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
043 EMERGENCY BUTTON BELT!<br />
CODE: 43<br />
Cause<br />
Emergency button at the serial<br />
connected conveyor belt is<br />
pressed<br />
Elimination • Release the emergency button<br />
and press the green<br />
emergency release button<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
044 ERROR BELT<br />
CODE: 44<br />
Cause<br />
Error detected at the serial<br />
connected conveyor belt<br />
DC = motor or position error<br />
JAM = paper jam detected<br />
FDON = invalid transport speed<br />
detected / data transmission<br />
faulty<br />
DCM = invalid transport speed<br />
detected / data transmission<br />
faulty<br />
Elimination • Check for stuck paper • Check if the conveyor belt<br />
can be moved by hand<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
047 ERROR SMC1 RESET THE<br />
PRINTER!<br />
CODE: 47<br />
Cause<br />
ERROR in the SMC1 module<br />
Elimination • Reset the printer • Call service<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 145
Pos: 101.41 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/49c_EMERGENCY_BUTTON_SHOULD_BE_RELE<strong>AS</strong>ED_<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit_OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1265620461596_912.doc @ 11414 @<br />
Pos: 101.42 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/50_PAGE_DATA_TOO_LARGE_RESET_THE_PRINTER @ 3\mod_1297873197378_912.doc @ 30385 @<br />
Pos: 101.43 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/51_FONT_LOADING_ERROR:_RAM_MEMORY_IS_FULL @ 2\mod_1265620546317_912.doc @ 11420 @<br />
Pos: 101.44 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/52_FONT_LOADING_ERROR:_WRONG_DATA/TIMEOUT @ 2\mod_1265620582349_912.doc @ 11423 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
048 ERROR SCC RESET THE PRINTER!<br />
CODE: 48<br />
Cause<br />
ERROR in the SCC module<br />
Elimination • Reset the printer • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
049 EMERGENCY BUTTON SHOULD BE<br />
RELE<strong>AS</strong>ED!<br />
CODE: 49<br />
Cause<br />
Emergency stop system was<br />
disconnected<br />
Elimination • Release the emergency button • Check if the emergency stop<br />
system is connected properly<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
050 PAGE DATA TOO LARGE RESET<br />
THE PRINTER!<br />
CODE: 50<br />
Elimination • Set the menu PAGE DATA<br />
SIZE to maxim<br />
Cause<br />
Data sent from the PC is too<br />
large<br />
• Turn off the printer and then<br />
on again<br />
• Check if the data cable is<br />
connected correctly at the<br />
printer and at the PC<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
051 FONT LOADING ERROR RAM<br />
MEMORY IS FULL!<br />
CODE: 51<br />
Cause<br />
Insufficient memory for the font<br />
Elimination • Reduce number of fonts used<br />
in print job<br />
146 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.45 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/53_ERROR:_NON-Existent_Font_Selected! @ 2\mod_1265620640678_912.doc @ 11426 @<br />
Pos: 101.46 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/54_ERROR_PRINT_DATA_CHECK_THE_PRINTOUT @ 2\mod_1265620692945_912.doc @ 11429 @<br />
Pos: 101.47 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/56_ERROR_PEN_CABLE_# @ 2\mod_1265620747852_912.doc @ 11432 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
052 FONT LOADING ERROR WRONG<br />
DATA/TIMEOUT<br />
CODE: 52<br />
Elimination • Check if the data cable is<br />
connected correctly at the<br />
printer and at the PC<br />
• Check if you use the official<br />
printer driver<br />
Cause<br />
Undefined or faulty data were<br />
detected by the printer<br />
• Try to run the print job from<br />
a different PC<br />
• Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
053 ERROR: NON-EXISTENT FONT<br />
SELECTED!<br />
CODE: 53<br />
Elimination • Do not repeat pages after a<br />
job has ended<br />
• Do not turn off the printer<br />
during job data transfer<br />
Cause<br />
A print job selects a font which<br />
is not available (loaded) in the<br />
printer<br />
• Unlock the font in the printer<br />
menu<br />
• To interrupt a print job use<br />
the Cancel and the Ok<br />
keys on the printer<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
054 ERROR PRINT DATA CHECK THE<br />
PRINTOUT<br />
CODE: 54<br />
Elimination • Check if the data cable is<br />
connected correctly at the<br />
printer and at the PC<br />
• Check if you use the official<br />
printer driver<br />
Cause<br />
Undefined or faulty data were<br />
detected by the printer<br />
• Try to run the print job from<br />
a different PC<br />
• Set the menu SOFT FONT<br />
ERROR to cont. print.<br />
Attention! This setting can<br />
cause faulty data in the<br />
printouts. Check the<br />
following pages for<br />
garbage characters!<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 147
Pos: 101.48 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/57_CENTAUR_ERROR_ERR:BI @ 2\mod_1265622355883_912.doc @ 11466 @<br />
Pos: 101.49 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/58_CENTAUR_ERROR_SWAP_UNIT(s)_EMPTY @ 2\mod_1265628077373_912.doc @ 11470 @<br />
Pos: 101.50 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/59_CENTAUR_ERROR_CHECK_POWER_CABLE @ 2\mod_1265630130772_912.doc @ 11474 @<br />
Pos: 101.51 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/60_CENTAUR_ERROR_WRONG_BULK_INK @ 2\mod_1265630303832_912.doc @ 11478 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
056 ERROR PEN CABLE CHECK CABLE<br />
CODE: 56<br />
Elimination • Check if the head cable is<br />
damage<br />
Cause<br />
Wrong PEN ID read<br />
• Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
057 CENTAUR ERROR<br />
Elimination<br />
CODE: 57<br />
xxx = INVALID!<br />
xxx = HARDWARE!<br />
xxx = BROKEN BAG<br />
xxx = SENSE IL!<br />
xxx = HARDW. IL!<br />
xxx = HW.CARTR.<br />
• Exchange the BulkInk<br />
cartridge<br />
Cause<br />
Connection error with BulkInk<br />
cartridge or hardware error of<br />
BulkInk cartridge<br />
## = BI1A, BI1B, BI2A, BI2B<br />
xxx = SYSTEM<br />
xxx = DISCONNECT<br />
• Reinsert BulkInk cartridge<br />
• Reset system<br />
• Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
058 SWAP UNIT(S) EMPTY<br />
CODE: 58<br />
Cause<br />
No BulkInk cartridge is inserted<br />
or both BulkInk cartridges are<br />
empty<br />
Elimination • Exchange the BulkInk<br />
cartridge<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
059 CHECK POWER/CABLE!<br />
CODE: 59<br />
Cause<br />
The Centaur doesn’t respond to<br />
printer requests<br />
Elimination • Check the power cable • Check the RS232 connection<br />
between the Centaur and the<br />
printer<br />
148 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.52 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/61_NO_CONFIGURATION_PCB_DETECTED @ 2\mod_1265620794400_912.doc @ 11435 @<br />
Pos: 101.53 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/62_FIRMW./CONFIG_PCB_DOES_NOT_MATCH @ 3\mod_1293006012340_912.doc @ 28972 @<br />
Pos: 101.54 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/63_ERROR:_Non_Existent_Macro_Selected @ 2\mod_1265620898465_912.doc @ 11441 @<br />
Pos: 101.55 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/64_ERROR:_PEN_power_supply_damaged! @ 3\mod_1297873414116_912.doc @ 30391 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
060 WRONG BULK INK BI !<br />
CODE: 60<br />
Cause<br />
The BulkInk cartridge is not<br />
suitable for the Centaur<br />
## = BI1A, BI1B, BI2A, BI2B<br />
Elimination • Exchange the BulkInk<br />
cartridge with an original<br />
BulkInk cartridge<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
061 NO CONFIGURATION PCB<br />
DETECTED!<br />
CODE: 61<br />
Cause<br />
No PCB (printed circuit board)<br />
detected<br />
Elimination • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
062 FIRMWARE/CONFIG PCB DOES<br />
NOT MATCH!<br />
CODE: 62<br />
Elimination • Load the correct firmware;<br />
make a default reset (press<br />
and hold the home key<br />
during power-on).<br />
Cause<br />
Firmware and PCB do not match<br />
• Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
063 ERROR: NON-EXISTENTMACRO<br />
SELECTED!<br />
CODE: 63<br />
Elimination • Do not repeat pages after a<br />
job has ended<br />
• Do not turn off the printer<br />
during job data transfer<br />
Cause<br />
A print job selects a macro<br />
which is not available (loaded)<br />
in the printer<br />
• Unlock the font in the printer<br />
menu<br />
• To interrupt a print job use<br />
the Cancel and the Ok<br />
keys on the printer<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 149
Pos: 101.56 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/65_No_Paper_Timeout_PRINT_SYSTEMS_ONLY @ 2\mod_1265620966247_912.doc @ 11447 @<br />
Pos: 101.57 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/68_ERROR:_THIS_DISPLAY_IS_NOT_SUPPORTED!_PRINT_SYSTEMS_ONLY @ 2\mod_1265621027623_912.doc @ 11453 @<br />
Pos: 101.58 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/69_ERROR_TRACK._SENSOR_CHECK_THE_SENSOR! @ 2\mod_1265621057952_912.doc @ 11456 @<br />
Pos: 101.59 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/70_ERROR_TRACKING_PAPER_TRANSPORT! @ 2\mod_1265621090421_912.doc @ 11459 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
064 ERROR: PEN POWER SUPPLY<br />
DAMAGED!<br />
CODE: 64<br />
Elimination • Update the printer to firmware<br />
version 4.8 or higher<br />
Cause<br />
Pen power supply damaged<br />
• Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
065 NO PAPER TIME OUT CHECK<br />
FEEDER OR DIST. FD-TOF<br />
CODE: 65<br />
Cause<br />
Timeout because no paper front<br />
edge was detected<br />
Elimination • Check feeding system • Check the distance feeder to<br />
print system<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
068 ERROR: THIS DISPLAY IS NOT<br />
SUPPORTED!<br />
CODE: 68<br />
Cause<br />
Wrong display version<br />
connected<br />
Elimination • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
069 ERROR TRACK. SENSOR CHECK<br />
THE SENSOR!<br />
CODE: 69<br />
Elimination • Clean the paper sensor<br />
• Clean the reflector<br />
• Adjust/teach-in paper sensor<br />
Cause<br />
Unexpected paper sensor signal<br />
• Check paper sensor in<br />
HARDWARE TEST<br />
• Call service<br />
150 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 101.60 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/71_ERROR_TRACKING_DATA_IN_THE_BUFFER! @ 2\mod_1265621218846_912.doc @ 11462 @<br />
Pos: 101.61 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/73c_PAP._WIDTH_TOO_LARGE @ 2\mod_1274867079355_912.doc @ 17623 @<br />
Pos: 101.62 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/74_ERROR: TCP-PORT (ONLY 619-Platine) @ 3\mod_1283169503780_912.doc @ 27264 @<br />
Pos: 101.63 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/75_NO MAC ADDRESS FOUND (ONLY 619-Platine) @ 3\mod_1283169650711_912.doc @ 27270 @<br />
Pos: 101.64 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/76_NO TCP CONNECTION DETECTED! (ONLY 619-Platine) @ 3\mod_1283169654710_912.doc @ 27276 @<br />
Pos: 101.65 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/78_NO PEN BOARD DETECT! RESET THE PRINTER!_FW_V_4.8 @ 3\mod_1290009693885_912.doc @ 28363 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
070 ERROR TRACKING PAPER<br />
TRANSPORT!<br />
CODE: 70<br />
Cause<br />
Tracking system detected an<br />
error in the paper flow<br />
Elimination • Check the paper flow for any<br />
missing, delayed or double<br />
sheets<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
073 PAP. WIDTH TOO LARGE MAX.<br />
VALUE:<br />
CODE: 73<br />
Elimination • Check if the paper size is<br />
within the printer<br />
specifications<br />
Cause<br />
Wrong paper width during paper<br />
size measurement or at job<br />
start from PC<br />
• Check if the correct paper<br />
size is sent from the PC.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
074 ERROR: TCP-PORT<br />
CODE: 74<br />
Cause<br />
An error occurred during<br />
initialising the TCP device<br />
Elimination • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
075 NO MAC ADDRESS FOUND<br />
CODE: 75<br />
Cause<br />
MAC address not set in the<br />
board memory<br />
Elimination • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
076 NO TCP CONNECTION DETECTED!<br />
CODE: 76<br />
Cause<br />
No TCP connection could be<br />
established<br />
Elimination • Plug in the TCP cable<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 151
Pos: 101.66 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Error Messages/79_UNKNOWN CONFIGURAT. FOR THIS DISPLAY!_FW_V_4.8 @ 3\mod_1290010237086_912.doc @ 28382 @<br />
Pos: 102 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.x_Ü2_Warning_Messages @ 2\mod_1265641665046_912.doc @ 11623 @ 2<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
078 NO PEN BOARD DETECT! RESET THE<br />
PRINTER!<br />
CODE: 78<br />
Cause<br />
No PCB (printed circuit<br />
board) and no PEN board<br />
detected<br />
Elimination • Connect all pen boards • Call service<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
079 UNKNOWN CONFIGURAT. FOR THIS<br />
DISPLAY!<br />
CODE: 79<br />
Cause<br />
No PCB and no graphic<br />
display detected.<br />
Elimination • Connect the graphic display • Call service<br />
152 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 103 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.x_Ü3_How to read a warning message entry @ 2\mod_1277218478098_912.doc @ 18855 @ 3<br />
Pos: 104.1 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AA_Warning:Non-Existent_Font_Selected! @ 2\mod_1265634364380_912.doc @ 11492 @<br />
Pos: 104.2 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AB_Warning:Non-Existent_Macro_Selected! @ 2\mod_1265634652878_912.doc @ 11496 @<br />
Pos: 104.3 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AC_Error_Macro_ID_Report_Err._2_Vendor @ 2\mod_1265634861445_912.doc @ 11500 @<br />
8.4 Warning Messages<br />
8.4.1 How to read a warning message entry<br />
• Protocol code:<br />
Two digit number that is sent by the printer via the serial interface when this warning<br />
occurs.<br />
• Display message:<br />
Text that is shown in the printer display. The text in the display always includes the<br />
warning code (two letters) as reference for the operator.<br />
• Cause:<br />
What caused this warning.<br />
• Elimination:<br />
Steps the operator can take to avoid this warning.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
13 Warning:non-existent font<br />
selected!<br />
CODE: AA<br />
Elimination • Do not repeat pages after a<br />
job has ended<br />
• Do not turn off the printer<br />
during job data transfer<br />
Selected font does not exist in the<br />
printer and the menu SOFT FONT<br />
ERROR is set to cont. print<br />
Attention! This setting can<br />
cause faulty data in the<br />
printouts. Check the following<br />
pages for garbage characters!<br />
• Unlock the font in the printer<br />
menu<br />
• To interrupt a print job use<br />
the Cancel and the Ok<br />
keys on the printer<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
14 Warning:non-existent macro<br />
selected!<br />
CODE: AB<br />
Selected macro does not exist in<br />
the printer<br />
Elimination • Do not repeat pages after a<br />
job has ended<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 153
Pos: 104.4 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AD_Position_Warning!_Reduce_Left_Margin! @ 3\mod_1291916084519_912.doc @ 28622 @<br />
Pos: 104.5 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AE_Warning:Wrong Data/Barcode_Selected! @ 2\mod_1265635086372_912.doc @ 11508 @<br />
Pos: 104.6 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AF_Error_Barcode_Data_Report_error_to_vendor @ 2\mod_1265635400728_912.doc @ 11512 @<br />
Pos: 104.7 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AG_Macro_Too_Large_Or_Worng_Hor.Position @ 2\mod_1265635501737_912.doc @ 11516 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
15 Warning macro ID report to<br />
vendor<br />
Error in the mailing software<br />
CODE: AC<br />
Elimination • Contact the software<br />
manufacturer<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
16 Position warning! reduce left<br />
margin!<br />
CODE: AD<br />
Elimination • Check paper size in layout<br />
• Check if print layout fits onto<br />
paper<br />
Print layout sent from the PC<br />
exceeds paper size set in the<br />
printer (in transport direction)<br />
• Check LEFT MARGIN setting<br />
in printer menu<br />
• Check whether the<br />
“Keepalive” function from<br />
FlexMail was activated. If so<br />
please deactivate it.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
17 Warning: wrong data/barcode<br />
selected!<br />
CODE: AE<br />
Elimination • Check the barcode data in the<br />
PC program<br />
The printed detected faulty data for<br />
an internal barcode<br />
• Check if the data cable is<br />
connected correctly at the<br />
printer and at the PC<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
18 Warning barcode datareport to<br />
vendor<br />
Error in the mailing software<br />
CODE: AF<br />
Elimination • Contact the software<br />
manufacturer<br />
154 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 104.8 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AH_Macro_Height_Does_Not_Match! @ 2\mod_1265635595996_912.doc @ 11520 @<br />
Pos: 104.9 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AI_Macro_ID#_In_Use_Macro_Load_Ignored @ 2\mod_1265635649876_912.doc @ 11524 @<br />
Pos: 104.10 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AJ_Image_Height_Exceeds_The_Maximum_Value @ 2\mod_1265635768480_912.doc @ 11528 @<br />
Pos: 104.11 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AK_Warning:_Wrong_True_Type_Font_Data! @ 2\mod_1265636491951_912.doc @ 11532 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
19 Macro too large or wrong hor.<br />
position!<br />
Macro too large for print area<br />
CODE: AG<br />
Elimination • Reduce macro size<br />
• Reduce macro size or change<br />
the hor. Position<br />
• Check the paper size set in<br />
the printer menu or PC<br />
software<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
20 Macro height does not match!<br />
CODE: AH<br />
Error in PC software, difference<br />
between macro size sequence and<br />
real macro size<br />
Elimination • Call service • Error in Data transmission<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
21 Macro ID# in use macro load<br />
ignored!<br />
CODE: AI<br />
A macro with the same id number<br />
is already stored in the printer<br />
Elimination • Reset the printer<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
22 Image height exceeds the<br />
maximum value!<br />
CODE: AJ<br />
Print data outside of the printing<br />
area<br />
Elimination • Reduce image size • Check the position of the<br />
print data, including empty<br />
lines, Text wrap in the text<br />
box.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 155
Pos: 104.12 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AN_Warning:_Unit#_Is _Not_Available! @ 2\mod_1265636727644_912.doc @ 11576 @<br />
Pos: 104.13 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AO_SERVICE_WARNING_MAX_CONSUMTIME:_UxCy_Centaur @ 2\mod_1265636729691_912.doc @ 11580 @<br />
Pos: 104.14 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AP_SERVICE_WARNING_REGULATOR:_UxCy @ 2\mod_1265636732113_912.doc @ 11584 @<br />
Pos: 104.15 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AQ_Warning:_Rotate_Font_Feature_NOT_Enabled! @ 2\mod_1265636734410_912.doc @ 11588 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
23 Warning: wrong TrueType font<br />
data!<br />
CODE: AK<br />
Elimination • Do not repeat pages after a<br />
job has ended<br />
• Do not turn off the printer<br />
during job data transfer<br />
A print job selects a font which is<br />
not available (loaded) in the printer<br />
and the menu SOFT FONT ERROR is<br />
set to<br />
• Unlock the font in the printer<br />
menu<br />
• To interrupt a print job use<br />
the Cancel and the Ok<br />
keys on the printer<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
26 Warning: unit# is not available!<br />
CODE: AN<br />
Print data are sent for a non<br />
existing print unit<br />
Wrong printer driver selected<br />
Elimination • Select the correct printer<br />
driver for your printer model<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
27 Service warning<br />
MAX_CONSUMTIME: UxCy<br />
CODE: AO<br />
Maintenance interval of the print<br />
cartridge is exhausted<br />
Elimination • Confirm with the Ok key<br />
and exchange the print<br />
cartridge<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
28 Service warning regulator: UxCy<br />
CODE: AP<br />
Maintenance interval of the<br />
regulator is exhausted<br />
Elimination • Exchange the regulator for the<br />
concerning print unit<br />
156 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 104.16 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AR_Warning:Wrong_Data _Check_The_Printout! @ 2\mod_1265636736786_912.doc @ 11592 @<br />
Pos: 104.17 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/<strong>AS</strong>_Warning:_Emergency_Button_Pressed! @ 2\mod_1265636738958_912.doc @ 11596 @<br />
Pos: 104.18 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AU_Warning:_Read_And_Print_Feature_NOT_Enabled! @ 2\mod_1265636743333_912.doc @ 11604 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
29 Warning:rotate font feature not<br />
enabled!<br />
CODE: AQ<br />
The menu PRINTER CONFIG. ><br />
BOOT DEFAULTS > TEXT ROTATION<br />
is set to off and the printer<br />
received a control sequence for<br />
rotated text<br />
Elimination • Set the menu PRINTER<br />
CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS ><br />
TEXT ROTATION to on.<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
30 Warning:wrong data check the<br />
printout!<br />
CODE: AR<br />
Elimination • Check if the data cable is<br />
connected correctly at the<br />
printer and at the PC<br />
Undefined or faulty data were<br />
detected by the printer<br />
• Try to run the print job from<br />
a different PC<br />
• Check if you use the official<br />
printer driver<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
31 Warning: emergency button<br />
pressed!<br />
CODE: <strong>AS</strong><br />
The emergency stop system was<br />
interrupted and the menu<br />
EMERGENCY BUTTON is set to cont.<br />
print<br />
Elimination • Check the emergency stop<br />
system<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
32 Warning:ReadAndPrint feature<br />
not enabled!<br />
CODE: AU<br />
A specific Read&Print sequence was<br />
received by the printer, and the<br />
Read&Print feature is not enabled<br />
at the printer<br />
Elimination • Contact your dealer<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 157
Pos: 104.19 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AX_Warning:_NO_ink!_change_cartridge @ 2\mod_1265636709939_912.doc @ 11544 @<br />
Pos: 104.20 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/AY_Tracking_Feature_NOT_Enabled! @ 2\mod_1265636712112_912.doc @ 11548 @<br />
Pos: 104.21 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/BC_INK_TYPE_IS_INCOMPATIBLE! @ 2\mod_1265636718268_912.doc @ 11560 @<br />
Pos: 104.22 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/BD_Feature_Disabled_In_This_Mode @ 2\mod_1265636720409_912.doc @ 11564 @<br />
Pos: 104.23 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/BE_PAPER_SENSOR_SHOULD_BE_VERIFIED @ 2\mod_1265636723269_912.doc @ 11568 @<br />
Pos: 104.24 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/BF_SPEED_TOO_HIGH_FOR_THE_INK_TYPE @ 2\mod_1265636725488_912.doc @ 11572 @<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
33 Warning: no ink! change<br />
cartridge<br />
CODE: AX<br />
A ink cartridge is out of ink and the<br />
menu PRINTER CONFIG. > ERROR<br />
HANDLING > ERROR LOW INK ><br />
EMPTY CARTRIDGE is set to cont.<br />
print<br />
Elimination • Exchange the ink cartridge<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
34 Warning: Tracking feature not<br />
enabled!<br />
CODE: AY<br />
A specific Tracking sequence was<br />
received by the printer, and the<br />
Tracking feature is not enabled at<br />
the printer<br />
Elimination • Contact your dealer<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
37 Ink type is incompatible!<br />
CODE: BC<br />
This combination of different ink<br />
types is not compatible due to<br />
different energy settings<br />
Elimination • Use only one type of ink<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
38 Feature disabled in this mode<br />
CODE: BD<br />
Address repeating not available in<br />
read and print mode<br />
Elimination<br />
•<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
39 PAPER SENSOR SHOULD BE<br />
VERIFIED!<br />
CODE: BE<br />
The paper sensor is detecting paper<br />
before starting to print or<br />
measuring the paper size<br />
Elimination • Remove any paper under the<br />
sensor<br />
158 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 104.25 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/BG_FONT_LOADING_WARNING @ 2\mod_1265884878154_912.doc @ 11862 @<br />
Pos: 104.26 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Warning Messages/BH_MACRO_LOAD_WARNING @ 2\mod_1265884878279_912.doc @ 11866 @<br />
Pos: 105 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.x_Ü3_Additional_Error_Messages @ 2\mod_1277120986227_912.doc @ 18815 @ 3<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
40 Speed limitation for the ink type<br />
CODE: BF<br />
The speed of the transport system<br />
is too high for the selected ink type<br />
Elimination • Reduce the speed of the<br />
transport system<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
41 Font loading warning RAM<br />
memory is full!<br />
Insufficient memory for the font<br />
CODE: BG<br />
Elimination • Reduce number of fonts used<br />
in print job<br />
Protocol<br />
code<br />
Display message<br />
Cause<br />
42 Macro load warning RAM<br />
memory is full!<br />
Insufficient memory for the macro<br />
CODE: BH<br />
Elimination • Reduce the size of the macro<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 159
Pos: 106.1 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M01_Checksum error flash -> RAM transfer @ 2\mod_1271940887638_912.doc @ 16833 @<br />
Pos: 106.2 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M02_USB-EPROM Read @ 2\mod_1271941102636_912.doc @ 16837 @<br />
Pos: 106.3 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M03_USB-EPROM Write @ 2\mod_1271941243073_912.doc @ 16841 @<br />
Pos: 106.4 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M04_EPROM Record S0 Checksumm Error @ 2\mod_1271941245182_912.doc @ 16845 @<br />
Pos: 106.5 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M05_EPROM none PPC @ 2\mod_1271941247276_912.doc @ 16849 @<br />
8.4.2 Additional Error Messages<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M01<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M01<br />
FAULT: xxxxxxxx<br />
CHKSUM:ssss-ssss<br />
Checksum error while transferring<br />
the flash into the RAM memory<br />
Elimination • Restart the printer<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M02<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M02<br />
READ USB-EEPROM<br />
RETRY, Call SERVIC<br />
USB-EPROM could not be read<br />
Elimination • Retry • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M03<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M03<br />
WRITE USB-EEPROM<br />
RETRY, CALL SERVIC<br />
USB-EPROM could not be written on<br />
Elimination • Retry • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M04<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M04<br />
S0 FAULT CHECKSUM<br />
REF: xx NOW: xx<br />
Checksum of record S0 is faulty.<br />
REF = reference value<br />
NOW = actual value<br />
Elimination • Transfer the hex file again<br />
• Check if hex file is correct<br />
• When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M05<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M05<br />
INVALID FILE -PPC<br />
Identifier of hex file is not valid.<br />
None PPC type.<br />
Elimination • Check if hex file is correct<br />
160 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 106.6 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte sezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M06_EPROM Unexpected address S0 @ 2\mod_1271941249182_912.doc @ 16853 @<br />
Pos: 106.7 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M07_EPROM Image too large @ 2\mod_1271941734242_912.doc @ 16857 @<br />
Pos: 106.8 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M08_EPROM Record S3 Checksum Error @ 2\mod_1271941844975_912.doc @ 16891 @<br />
Pos: 106.9 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M09_EPROM Unexpected address S3 @ 2\mod_1271941923553_912.doc @ 16895 @<br />
Pos: 106.10 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M10_Checksum error flash S7 @ 2\mod_1271941992443_912.doc @ 16899 @<br />
Pos: 106.11 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M11_EPROM Image too large @ 2\mod_1271942098442_912.doc @ 16903 @<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M06<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M06<br />
UNEXPECTED ADDRESS<br />
xxxxxxxxx<br />
While data transferring a faulty<br />
address range was detected in<br />
record S0<br />
Elimination • Check hex file<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M07<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M07<br />
IMAGE TOO LARGE<br />
Hex file size too large<br />
Elimination • Check hex file<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M08<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M08<br />
S3 FAULT CHECKSUM<br />
ADR: xxxxxxxx<br />
Checksum of record S3 is faulty<br />
Elimination • Transfer the hex file again<br />
• Check if hex file is correct<br />
• When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M09<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M09<br />
UNEXPECTED ADDRESS<br />
xxxxxxxxx<br />
While data transferring a faulty<br />
address range was detected in<br />
record S3<br />
Elimination • Check hex file<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M10<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M10<br />
S7 FAULT: xxxxxxxx<br />
CHKSUM:ssss-ssss<br />
Wrong checksum of hex file<br />
Elimination • Transfer the hex file again • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 161
Pos: 106.12 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M12_EPROM Error Flash Erase @ 2\mod_1271942448456_912.doc @ 16907 @<br />
Pos: 106.13 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M13_EPROM Error Flash Write @ 2\mod_1271942719798_912.doc @ 16911 @<br />
Pos: 106.14 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M14_Checksum error after updating the flash @ 2\mod_1271942784454_912.doc @ 16915 @<br />
Pos: 106.15 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M15_WRITE USB-EWPROM @ 2\mod_1271942877078_912.doc @ 16919 @<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M11<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M11<br />
IMAGE TOO LARGE<br />
Too many file parts in hex file or<br />
hex file too large<br />
Elimination • Check hex file<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M12<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M12<br />
FAULT FL<strong>AS</strong>H-ER<strong>AS</strong>E<br />
Error while erasing the flash<br />
memory<br />
Elimination • Restart the update • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M13<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M13<br />
FAULT FL<strong>AS</strong>H-WRITE<br />
Error while writing on the flash<br />
memory<br />
Elimination • Restart the update • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M14<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M14<br />
FAULT: xxxxxxxx<br />
CHKSUM:ssss-ssss<br />
Checksum error after updating the<br />
flash<br />
Elimination • Restart update • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M15<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M15<br />
WRITE USB-EEPROM<br />
RETRY, CALL SERVIC<br />
USB-EPROM could not be erased<br />
Elimination • Retry • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
162 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 106.16 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M16_READ USB-EEPROM @ 3\mod_1299069292099_912.doc @ 30666 @<br />
Pos: 106.17 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M21_CPU-HwERR @ 3\mod_1299069326307_912.doc @ 30672 @<br />
Pos: 106.18 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Monitor Messages/M22_WRITE USB-EEPROM @ 3\mod_1299069364682_912.doc @ 30678 @<br />
Pos: 107 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/8.3_Ü2_Technical Support @ 0\mod_1250692530984_912.doc @ 2793 @ 2<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M16<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M16<br />
READ USB-EEPROM<br />
RETRY, CALL SERVIC<br />
USB-EPROM could not be read<br />
Elimination • Retry • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M21<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M21<br />
CPU-HwERR: xxxxxxxx<br />
RETRY, CALL SERVIC<br />
Addressing error in the CPU<br />
Elimination • Retry • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
No. Message Cause<br />
M22<br />
MONITOR-ERROR: M22<br />
WRITE USB-EEPROM<br />
RETRY, CALL SERVIC<br />
USB-EPROM could not be updated<br />
for Monitor Version Number<br />
Elimination • Retry • When error still occurs call<br />
service<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 163
Pos: 108 /Serviceanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/8.3_Technischer Kundendienst_Printer_specific @ 2\mod_1265189705629_912.doc @ 11240 @<br />
Pos: 109 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/9.0_Ü1_Consumables and Accessories @ 0\mod_1246022409821_912.doc @ 2022 @ 1<br />
8.5 Technical Support<br />
If you experience technical issues or problems that aren’t mentioned or solved in this User<br />
Manual, please contact your local authorized Neopost dealer.<br />
Please prepare the following information about your device:<br />
• Exact name of the device (label plate).<br />
• Serial number and year of manufacture (label plate).<br />
• Occasionally: The installed firmware version of the device (will be displayed during<br />
the machine initialization, after switching the device on).<br />
• Occasionally: Information about PC software used in connection with the device.<br />
• General information about peripheral devices (conveyors, dryers, feeders, etc.).<br />
• A detailed description of all failures and error messages.<br />
• Setting dump. The setting dump will help the Neopost support determining the cause<br />
of your problem. Please see the description for SETTING DUMP in the chapter SETTING<br />
DUMP on page 105.<br />
• Input buffer dump. Please see the description for INPUT BUFFER DUMP in the chapter<br />
INPUT BUFFER DUMP, on page 106.<br />
• Print file of the print job that causes the problem. Please see chapter 11.5, on page<br />
181 for an instruction on how to create a print file.<br />
• Print samples showing the problem.<br />
• The database used for the print job.<br />
164 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 110 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/9.1_Neopost Website, offers and prices @ 0\mod_1253102495694_912.doc @ 3364 @<br />
Pos: 111 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/9.1_Ü2_Consumables @ 0\mod_1253021759325_912.doc @ 3302 @ 2<br />
Pos: 112 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Tinten/9.1_Ü3_Standard inks for [Channelname] address printers @ 1\mod_1260895786690_912.doc @ 8582 @ 3<br />
9 Consumables and Accessories<br />
For information about prices and special offers please visit the Neopost website or contact<br />
you local dealer.<br />
www.neopost.com<br />
9.1 Consumables<br />
9.1.1 Standard inks for Neopost address printers<br />
The following list of available Neopost inks represents the status up to the time of the<br />
publishing of this User Manual.<br />
Please contact your authorized Neopost dealer for updates in availability or special offers.<br />
General ink specifications:<br />
• Hewlett Packard Thermal Inkjet 2.5 Technology cartridges<br />
• 600 dpi native resolution<br />
• 300 nozzles per cartridge, 12.7 mm (0.5”) print swath<br />
• 40 ml or 42 ml ink volume per cartridge (depending on ink type)<br />
1.35 or 1.42 fl oz (USA), 1.41 or 1.48 fl oz (UK)<br />
Ink name and part number<br />
Spot Color red C6168A<br />
Part number: 4128920H<br />
Spot Color green C6169A<br />
Part number: 4128919G<br />
Spot Color blue C6170A<br />
Part number: 4103180V<br />
Spot color yellow<br />
Part number: 9200200R<br />
Description and application<br />
Spot color ink for printing<br />
accentuations and marks on<br />
standard stock.<br />
Spot color ink for printing<br />
accentuations and marks on<br />
standard stock.<br />
Spot color ink for printing<br />
accentuations and marks on<br />
standard stock.<br />
Spot color ink for printing<br />
accentuations and marks on<br />
standard stock.<br />
Fast Dry Ink<br />
Part number:<br />
4128918F<br />
Pigmented ink for sharp and<br />
dark black prints on standard<br />
stock.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 165
Pos: 113 /Zubehör/Generelles Zubehör/KH-TX304-150_Reinraumtücher (Set mit 150 Stück) @ 1\mod_1255012570073_912.doc @ 5569 @ 3<br />
Pos: 114 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/9.1_Ü2_Accessories @ 1\mod_1263810488989_912.doc @ 10361 @ 2<br />
Versatile Black<br />
Part number:<br />
IQ 2392A<br />
Part number:<br />
Max Glossy Ink<br />
Part number:<br />
4127666B<br />
9200030P<br />
9200033S<br />
Pigmented ink with a fast dry<br />
time on coated stocks. One of<br />
our favorite inks!<br />
An ink designed to produce the<br />
best results and fastest drying<br />
time when using an Infrared<br />
dryer in combination with the<br />
printer.<br />
Ink with a fast dry time on<br />
large variety of stocks.<br />
Black Dye Type: Q2344A<br />
Part number: 4133096H<br />
A dye ink for a variety of<br />
applications. The all-round ink.<br />
Ink #10<br />
Part number: 9200031Q<br />
Quick Dry Ink (IMS)<br />
Part number: 9200434K<br />
An ink designed for printers<br />
without a service or capping<br />
station. This ink requires very<br />
little print head maintenance.<br />
A special application ink for<br />
printing on most difficult<br />
substrates. Please ask your<br />
dealer or local Neopost branch<br />
for the additional operation<br />
instructions for this ink type.<br />
9.1.2 Cleaning Towels<br />
Name<br />
Part number<br />
Cleaning Towels<br />
4135465A<br />
Application<br />
150 fibre-free towels for cleaning the ink cartridges.<br />
166 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 115 /Zubehör/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/R2001.5.072_OEM Orbit Druckeinheit komplett @ 0\mod_1255001186415_912.doc @ 5401 @ 2<br />
Pos: 116 /Zubehör/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/R0619.5.953_SC 2000 Bausatz Tastaturhalter @ 0\mod_1254489306786_912.doc @ 4130 @ 2<br />
Pos: 117 /Zubehör/<strong>AS</strong>-2060/R0619.2.001_Einlauftrichter, kpl. @ 0\mod_1254489480786_912.doc @ 4134 @ 2<br />
9.2 Accessoires<br />
9.2.1 Additional print unit for Neopost /<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong><br />
Name<br />
Part number<br />
Print unit for <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong><br />
9200180V<br />
Please contact your authorized Neopost dealer<br />
Application<br />
The print unit can be connected to an existing print system to<br />
expand the print area. The upgrade has to be done by a<br />
authorized Neopost service technician.<br />
The maximum number of print units per control unit is limited<br />
to four.<br />
9.2.2 Keyboard support kit<br />
Name<br />
Keyboard support kit<br />
Part number<br />
4136430F<br />
Application<br />
Can be mounted to the Neopost / <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> as support for a PC<br />
keyboard.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 167
Pos: 118 /Zubehör/<strong>AS</strong>-3060A/G2000.1.738.02_Signalleuchte @ 0\mod_1255001179290_912.doc @ 5373 @ 3<br />
Pos: 119 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/10.0_Ü1_Technical Specifications @ 0\mod_1250854945863_912.doc @ 2861 @ 1<br />
9.2.3 Paper guide kit Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> / CSV-810 /<br />
Name Paper guide kit Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> / CSV-810 /<br />
Part number<br />
4136432H<br />
Application<br />
The kit can be mounted on a Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>, CSV-810 or n/a<br />
system in front of the print units.<br />
It ensures that all products are fed straight and parallel.<br />
9.2.4 Tower Lamp<br />
Name<br />
Part number<br />
Tower Lamp<br />
9200187C<br />
Application<br />
Weight<br />
External lamp with magnetic holder that shows the status of the<br />
print system.<br />
1 kg / 2.2 lbs.<br />
168 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 120 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/Technische Daten_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase_ONLY_619 @ 2\mod_1269596027685_912.doc @ 13944 @<br />
10 Technical Specifications<br />
Printer type<br />
Throughput<br />
Transport speed max.<br />
Material format min. (width x height)<br />
(width = in material transport direction)<br />
Material format max. (width x height)<br />
(width = in material transport direction)<br />
Fixed Head<br />
39,000 postcards / hour (A6 postcards)<br />
2.0 meter per second / 393.7 ft. per minute<br />
85* x 40 mm / 3.3* x 1.57”<br />
* value for <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-3/1<br />
(min. width depends on number and<br />
distances of units)<br />
762 x 380 mm / 30 x 14.96”<br />
Material thickness max. 40 mm / 1.57”<br />
(can be increased upon<br />
request)<br />
Print area max. (width x height)<br />
(width = in material transport direction)<br />
Number of ink cartridges<br />
Print qualities<br />
Productivity information during job<br />
Internal fonts 13<br />
Repeatable pages<br />
762 x 38 mm / 30 x 1.5”(<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-3/1)<br />
762 x 76 mm / 30 x 3”(<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-6/2)<br />
762 x 114 mm/30 x 4.5”(<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-9/3)<br />
762 x 152 mm / 30 x 6”(<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-12/4)<br />
3 (1 units of 3 cartr.) (<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-3/1)<br />
6 (2 units of 3 cartr.) (<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-6/2)<br />
9 (3 units of 3 cartr.) (<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-9/3)<br />
12 (4 units of 3 cartr.) (<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong>-12/4)<br />
150 x 300 dpi (fastest, least amount of ink)<br />
150 x 600 dpi<br />
200 x 300 dpi<br />
200 x 600 dpi<br />
300 x 300 dpi<br />
300 x 600 dpi<br />
600 x 300 dpi<br />
600 x 600 dpi (slowest, most amount of ink)<br />
Job, Service and Power On counter<br />
Ink level<br />
Ink cost, ink consumption<br />
Average job throughput, current throughput<br />
last 20 pages<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 169
Pos: 121 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/11.0_Ü1_Appendix @ 0\mod_1251456841922_912.doc @ 3183 @ 1<br />
Memory<br />
Interfaces<br />
Connectivity<br />
64 MB<br />
Ethernet (TCP/IP) / USB 2.0 / Serial (for<br />
service purposes)<br />
Emergency stop chain with external devices<br />
Start, stop and speed control for Neopost<br />
feeder and conveyor<br />
2 relay exits to control external devices (e.g.<br />
batch kicker, stacker)<br />
Feeder<br />
Centaur bulk ink supply<br />
Printer status light<br />
Dimensions L x W x H 1,476 x 970 x 1,400 mm /<br />
Weight<br />
Power supply<br />
Temperature conditions<br />
Certifications<br />
58.1 x 38.2 x 55.1”<br />
170 kg / 374.8 lbs.<br />
2 x 100 – 240 VAC at 50 ~ 60 Hz<br />
10 - 31°C / 50.0 - 87.8°F<br />
20 - 80% relative humidity (non-condensing)<br />
CE, UL, cUL, FCC, RoHS<br />
170 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 122.1 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/Ü2_How to completely remove printer drivers from Windows Vista and Windows 7 @ 3\mod_1298277086228_912.doc @ 30442 @ 2<br />
11 Appendix<br />
11.1 How to completely remove printer drivers from Windows Vista<br />
and Windows 7<br />
1. Open the<br />
Windows Print<br />
Management<br />
• Type “print” into the search box and click on the program “Print<br />
Management”.<br />
2. Delete<br />
printers<br />
• Select the folder “All Printers (xx)”.<br />
• Delete your address printer from the list of printers.<br />
3. Remove<br />
driver package<br />
• Select the folder “All Drivers (xx)”.<br />
• Right-click on the driver of your address printer and select<br />
“Remove Driver Package...”. Do NOT select “Delete”!<br />
• A new dialogue window will open. Confirm by clicking on “Delete”.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 171
Pos: 122.2 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/Ü2_How to completely remove printer drivers from Windows XP and Windows 2000 @ 3\mod_1298031435957_912.doc @ 30411 @ 2<br />
11.2 How to completely remove printer drivers from Windows XP<br />
and Windows 2000<br />
1. Uninstall<br />
printers and<br />
printer<br />
drivers<br />
• Open “Printers and Faxes” and delete your address printer.<br />
• Then open “File” > “Server Properties” and select the “Drivers” tab.<br />
• Remove all printer drivers beginning with “FS****-**”.<br />
For example “FS0204-2”.<br />
• Remove all printer drivers beginning with “<strong>AS</strong>***_vX”, “DA***_vX”<br />
or “RENA***_vX”.<br />
For example “<strong>AS</strong>700_v4”.<br />
2. Delete<br />
plug and play<br />
folders<br />
• Open the folder<br />
C:\Windows\System32\Spool\drivers\win32x86 or<br />
C:\Windows\System32\Spool\drivers\win32x64<br />
Please note: The location of the “Windows” folder might be different<br />
on your PC.<br />
172 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 122.3 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/USB 2.0 (619)/7.X.X_Ü2_How to use a pre-installed printer driver_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1296652778190_912.doc @ 29931 @ 233<br />
• Delete any address printer related folders left here, except for the<br />
folder “3”!<br />
3. Delete .inf<br />
files<br />
• Open the folder<br />
C:\Windows\inf<br />
Please note: The location of the “Windows” folder might be different<br />
on your PC.<br />
• Search for oem**.inf files containing (= in the file) the words<br />
“Flex Systems” or “Satori”.<br />
• Delete all oem**.inf files that were found containing these words.<br />
For example “oem36.inf”.<br />
11.3 How to use a pre-installed printer driver<br />
It is not recommended to continue to use an old version of the printer<br />
driver. When setting up a new printer the printer driver, which is<br />
delivered together with the printer, should be installed.<br />
11.3.1 USB connection<br />
1. Check<br />
installed<br />
printer driver<br />
2. Connect the<br />
printer to the<br />
PC<br />
• Make sure that the already installed printer driver is the correct<br />
one for your new printer. For example the printer model <strong>AS</strong>-710<br />
requires the printer driver for the <strong>AS</strong>-710.<br />
• Connecting the printer to the PC via the USB cable. The PC will<br />
show the following messages. See Figure 70 and Figure 71<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 173
Figure 70: New hardware detected<br />
3. Identify the<br />
USB port<br />
number<br />
Figure 71: Found New Hardware Wizard<br />
• Identify the USB port number as described in How to identify the<br />
USB port used by the printer.<br />
4. Set the Port<br />
of the preinstalled<br />
driver<br />
• Open “Devices and Printers” on your PC (START > Control Panel ><br />
Printer and Faxes).<br />
• Choose the pre-installed printer driver and click on with the right<br />
mouse button.<br />
• Select “Properties” and select the tab “Ports”.<br />
• Select the matching USB port number.<br />
5. Test the<br />
connection<br />
• Select the printer driver in the “Devices and Printers” window.<br />
• Unplug the USB cable. The status will change to “Offline”<br />
• Plug the USB cable in again. The status will change to “Ready”<br />
• Now the printer is ready to use together with this pre-installed<br />
printer driver.<br />
The „Found New Hardware Wizard“ (see Figure 71) will appear each<br />
time the printer is turned on or plug into the PC. To avoid this you<br />
have to install the printer driver version which is delivered together<br />
with the printer.<br />
11.3.2 Ethernet connection<br />
1. Check the<br />
installed<br />
printer driver<br />
• Make sure that the already installed printer driver is the correct<br />
one for your new printer. For example the printer model <strong>AS</strong>-710<br />
requires the printer driver for the <strong>AS</strong>-710.<br />
174 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 122.4 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/USB 2.0 (619)/7.X.X_Ü3_How to identify the USB port number @ 3\mod_1296549141672_912.doc @ 29849 @ 3<br />
2. Add a<br />
TCP/IP port to<br />
the printer<br />
driver<br />
3. Setup the<br />
Ethernet<br />
connection<br />
• Add a “Standard TCP/IP Port” to the already installed printer driver<br />
as described in chapter 7.3.1, on page 114.<br />
• Setup the Ethernet connection between the printer and the PC as<br />
described in 7.3, on page 113.<br />
11.3.3 How to identify the USB port used by the printer<br />
In certain cases (e.g. further use of already installed printer drivers) it is necessary to<br />
identify the exact USB port number, when the printer is connected to the PC via USB.<br />
As most PC’s nowadays have more than one physical USB port. The USB port number can<br />
be used to identify the actual port where a device is plugged in.<br />
Depending on which PC USB port the printer is plugged in, the USB port number can be for<br />
example USB001, USB002 or etc.<br />
1. Set the<br />
printer to USB<br />
communication<br />
2. Connecting<br />
the printer<br />
3. Device<br />
detection<br />
• Check if the printer is set to USB communication in the printer<br />
menu: PRINTER CONFIG. > BOOT DEFAULTS > COMMUNICATION<br />
• If not, set it to USB.<br />
• Connect the printer to the PC with the USB cable.<br />
• Turn on the printer.<br />
• Wait until Windows detects the printer.<br />
4. Open the<br />
Device<br />
Manager<br />
5. Identify the<br />
printer device<br />
6. Identify the<br />
USB port<br />
number<br />
• Open the Widows Device Manager.<br />
Start > Control Panel > Hardware and Sound > Device Manager<br />
• The printer device will be shown under<br />
Universal Serial Bus controllers > USB Printing Support.<br />
See Figure 72.<br />
• Select the printer in the Device Manager and right-click onto it.<br />
• Select “Properties” and click onto the “Details” tab.<br />
• In the “Property” drop down list select “Bus relations”.<br />
• In the entry under “Value” the USB port number is shown. In the<br />
sample in Figure 73 the USB port number is “USB001”<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 175
Pos: 122.5 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/TCP /IP (619)/7.X.X_Ü3_How to test the Ethernet connectivity_ONLY_619 @ 3\mod_1296547073221_912.doc @ 29844 @ 2<br />
Figure 72: Device Manager<br />
Figure 73: Device Properties - Details<br />
11.4 How to test the Ethernet connectivity<br />
Using the „ping“ command in the Windows Command Prompt, is an easy way to test the<br />
Ethernet connectivity of the printer. With this command you can test if the printer is<br />
correctly recognized via the Ethernet connection. To test the Ethernet connectivity perform<br />
the following steps.<br />
1. Check the<br />
IP address of<br />
the printer<br />
• To test the Ethernet connectivity of the printer you need the exact<br />
IP address which the printer uses.<br />
• To check the printer’s IP address got to the printer menu:<br />
SERVICE > CONFIGURAT. INFO<br />
• Note down the printer’s IP address.<br />
2. Open the<br />
Windows<br />
command<br />
prompt<br />
• On your PC select START > All Programms > Accessories ><br />
Command Prompt<br />
• Or type “cmd” in the search box of the Windows Start menu.<br />
• The Command prompt will open.<br />
176 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 122.6 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Printer Driver & Cables to PC/TCP /IP (619)/7.X.X_Ü3_Sample settings for Ethernet connection @ 3\mod_1296643959230_912.doc @ 29924 @ 3444<br />
3. Use the<br />
“ping”<br />
command<br />
• Type<br />
ping “IP address printer”<br />
into the Command prompt and hit the Enter key. For “IP address<br />
printer” type the exact IP address of your printer.<br />
• For example<br />
ping 192.168.50.218<br />
4. Ethernet<br />
connectivity is<br />
working<br />
properly<br />
• If the printer is correctly recognized in your network you will get<br />
the following reply in the command prompt.<br />
Figure 74: Command Prompt reply OK<br />
5. Ethernet<br />
connectivity is<br />
NOT working<br />
properly<br />
The reply from the printer is independent from the<br />
Online/Offline status of the printer. If configured<br />
correctly, the ping reply will be Ok either if the printer<br />
is OnlinTCP or Offline<br />
• If the printer is NOT correctly recognized in your network you will<br />
get the following reply in the command prompt.<br />
Figure 75: Command Prompt reply NOT OK<br />
• In this case please reconfigure the Ethernet connection as<br />
described in this document.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 177
11.4.1 Sample settings for Ethernet connection<br />
The tables below show sample settings for the different possible usages of the Ethernet<br />
connection. Each table shows examples for the settings that have to be made in:<br />
• The printer menu.<br />
• The PC used to send data to the printer.<br />
• The printer driver on the PC used to send data to the printer. In order to make the<br />
necessary settings, you need to a TCP/IP port to a printer driver.<br />
11.4.1.1 Network connection between the printer (using a fixed IP) and the PC<br />
Printer settings PC settings Printer driver settings<br />
Port<br />
9100 The PC must be<br />
Port 9100<br />
number*<br />
properly connected number<br />
IP<br />
192.168.050.180 to the same local IP<br />
192.168.5.180<br />
Address**<br />
area network as<br />
Address<br />
Subnet 255.255.255.000<br />
the printer.<br />
Mask<br />
Gateway 192.168.050.180<br />
IP<br />
Address<br />
* The default port 9100 is commonly used by printers. Please make<br />
sure that this port is not blocked in your LAN or set to a port number<br />
that is used in your LAN.<br />
** The IP Address set in the printer must be valid in your LAN and<br />
must be permanently assigned to the printer in your LAN. Please<br />
contact your company’s network administrator for support.<br />
178 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 123 /Serviceanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/11.1_Ü2_How_to_create_a_print_file @ 2\mod_1265124645371_912.doc @ 11210 @ 2<br />
11.4.1.2 Network connection between the printer (using a dynamic IP) and the<br />
PC<br />
Printer settings PC settings Printer driver settings<br />
Port<br />
9100 The PC must be<br />
Port<br />
9100<br />
number*<br />
properly connected<br />
to the same local<br />
number<br />
IP<br />
192.168.5.180<br />
area network as the<br />
Address*<br />
*<br />
printer.<br />
* The default port 9100 is commonly used by printers. Please make<br />
sure that this port is not blocked in your LAN or set to a port number<br />
that is used in your LAN.<br />
** Use the printer menu SERVICE > CONFIGURAT. INFO to check<br />
which IP Address is assigned to the printer.<br />
11.4.1.3 Direct Ethernet connection between the printer and the PC<br />
Changing the PC’s IP address<br />
Please note all your network settings before performing the<br />
configuration described below. When you want to use this PC in your<br />
LAN again, the network settings of this PC have to be reconfigured.<br />
Printer settings PC settings Printer driver settings<br />
Port<br />
9100 - - Port 9100<br />
number<br />
number<br />
IP<br />
192.168.050.185 IP<br />
192.168.50.177 IP<br />
192.168.5.185<br />
Address<br />
Address<br />
Address<br />
Subnet 255.255.255.000 Subnet 255.255.255.000 - -<br />
Mask<br />
Mask<br />
Gateway<br />
IP<br />
Address<br />
192.168.050.185 Gateway<br />
IP<br />
Address<br />
192.168.050.185 Gateway<br />
IP<br />
Address<br />
192.168.50.185<br />
Pay special attention when entering the IP address.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 179
180 User Manual Version 3.1
11.5 How to create a print file<br />
Depending on the software you use, there are two ways to create a print file.<br />
1. Create a<br />
print file<br />
directly from<br />
the software<br />
• Open the print dialog window in your software (usually File ><br />
Print).<br />
• Activate the "Print to file" checkbox as shown in Figure 76.<br />
• Click on the “OK” button.<br />
Figure 76: Print dialog window<br />
• Select a file name and a location to save the print file in the “Print<br />
to file” dialog window shown below. Use the default file type “.prn”<br />
(printable file).<br />
Figure 77: Print to file dialog<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 181
Pos: 124 /Serviceanleitungen/Geräte neutral/40_Ü2_How to update the firmware version @ 2\mod_1266936194803_912.doc @ 12482 @ 2<br />
Pos: 125 /Serviceanleitungen/Geräte neutral/41_Ü3_Firmware update via USB port GRAPHIC DISPLAY & 619 ONLY @ 3\mod_1294834232529_912.doc @ 29242 @ 3<br />
2. Create a<br />
print file by<br />
changing the<br />
port of the<br />
printer driver<br />
to file print<br />
• Select the “Printer and Faxes” menu from the “Start” menu of<br />
Microsoft Windows.<br />
• Right-click on the printer, you want to create a print file for, and<br />
select “Properties”.<br />
• Select the tab “Ports” and choose “FILE:” as the port for this<br />
printer.<br />
• Click on the “OK” button.<br />
Figure 78: Printer port properties<br />
• From now on the “Print to file” dialog window will open, when<br />
sending data to this printer.<br />
• Select a file name and a location to save the print file. Use the<br />
default file type “.prn” (printable file) (see Figure 77).<br />
11.6 How to update the flashware<br />
11.6.1 How to update the flashware<br />
The flashware can only be updated via the USB port of the<br />
printer. When starting the printer in the update mode, it will<br />
automatically use the USB port.<br />
1. Before you<br />
begin<br />
• Use the SETTING DUMP feature, located in the SERVICE menu, to<br />
print out all current printer settings. You will need this information<br />
later.<br />
• Make sure that the correct printer driver is installed and that the<br />
driver is working correctly when connecting the printer via USB.<br />
182 User Manual Version 3.1
Install the printer driver first<br />
Please make sure to install the printer driver before you connect to<br />
the printer to the PC. Make sure that the connection via the USB port<br />
is working correctly by printing sample pages before you attempt the<br />
flashware update.<br />
2. Preparation • Turn off the printer.<br />
• Connect the printer to an USB port of your PC.<br />
• Unpack the .zip file containing the flashware onto the hard disk of<br />
your PC.<br />
3. Put the<br />
printer into<br />
the update<br />
mode<br />
• Press the Ok , the Arrow left (Run paper) and the Arrow Up<br />
(Test Print) keys together and hold them.<br />
• While holding these three keys turn the printer on.<br />
• On the display the message Waiting for Download appears.<br />
4. Send the<br />
flashware file<br />
to the printer<br />
• Use the software tool PrintFile, as described below, to send the<br />
flashware to the printer.<br />
To update the flashware via an USB Port you will need the software tool PrintFile. This free<br />
software uses an installed printer driver to send the flashware file to your printer. Download<br />
your free copy at http://www.lerup.com/printfile/.<br />
Please perform the following steps, to send the flashware file to your printer:<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 183
1 • Execute the Setup.exe and configure<br />
the software as shown in the picture<br />
on the right.<br />
• Click on “OK”<br />
2 • Close the program and restart it<br />
• Click on “Settings…”<br />
3 • Click on “Text file…”<br />
184 User Manual Version 3.1
4 • Enable “Send to printer”<br />
• Click on “OK”<br />
• Click on “Save”<br />
5 • Open the program, then click on<br />
“Print File…”<br />
6 • Search for the Hex file (.hex) of the<br />
Firmware<br />
• Click on “Open”<br />
7 • Choose the printer driver of your<br />
printer model.<br />
• Click on “OK”<br />
• The download starts now.<br />
5. Completing<br />
the update<br />
• When the update is completed the message Download completed<br />
End of programming is shown in the printer display.<br />
• Turn the printer off.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 185
Pos: 126 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/11.1_Ü2_Print unit, Paper sensor, Encoder wheel positioning_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1265895981635_912.doc @ 11957 @ 222<br />
6. Starting the<br />
printer for the<br />
first time after<br />
the update<br />
• If you were updating from a flashware version < 4.7 then perform<br />
the steps below. If not continue with step “7. Checking the<br />
flashware version”.<br />
• Press and hold the Home key and turn on the printer. This<br />
will perform a default reset.<br />
• Keeping holding the Home key until the printer shows<br />
Printer Name<br />
Default Reset<br />
• Use the Setting Dump, printed at the beginning of this process,<br />
to set the previous mechanical alignment values.<br />
7. Checking<br />
the flashware<br />
version<br />
• Check the now installed flashware version in the printer menu:<br />
SERVICE > CONFIGURAT. INFO > Firmware:<br />
• Now the flashware update is completed.<br />
IMPORTANT!<br />
If an error message appears during the update process, just turn the<br />
printer off and on. Check if you are sending a compatible Flashware<br />
file. Try to resend the file.<br />
11.7 How to position the print unit guide bars<br />
The print unit guide bars of the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> are pre-assembled and aligned to the<br />
conveyor belt surface. If the position of the print units has to be shifted due to modifications<br />
or repairs, the default settings have to be restored.<br />
• The guide bar has to be in the right angle to the transport direction.<br />
• The guide bar has to be parallel to the conveyor belt surface.<br />
• In the lowest position of the scaled adjustment wheel the printhead must not touch<br />
the conveyor belt. Between material surface and print unit should be a distance of 0.8<br />
mm / 0.03".<br />
• The recommended and pre-adjusted horizontal distance between the print units is<br />
164.9 mm / 6.49”. If the actual distance between the units should differ, use the<br />
option DIST. U1-U2 / DIST. U2-U3 / DIST. U3-U4, on page 60 to adjust the set value.<br />
The maximum value is 200 mm / 7,87”.<br />
Horizontal distance between the print units<br />
Good print results may only be achieved if the distances are<br />
measured exactly and set correctly in the printer options.<br />
186 User Manual Version 3.1
11.8 How to position the paper sensor guide bar<br />
The paper sensor guide bar of the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is pre-assembled. If the position of<br />
paper sensor guide bar has to be shifted due to modifications or repairs, the default settings<br />
have to be restored.<br />
Sensor type “DK12 (No Reflector)” 4142016Z (K0804.024)<br />
• The paper sensor should have a working distance of 11 ± 2 mm above the media<br />
surface.<br />
• Since the transport belt has holes for the vacuum suction, the paper sensor has to be<br />
placed above an area without holes.<br />
• The recommended and pre-adjusted horizontal distance between the paper sensor<br />
and the first print unit is 90.1 mm / 3.55". If the actual distance between the sensor<br />
and the print unit should differ, use the option , on page 59 to adjust the set value.<br />
The maximum value is 200.9 mm / 7,99".<br />
Horizontal distance between paper sensor and first print unit<br />
Good print results may only be achieved if the distance is measured<br />
exactly and set correctly in the printer options.<br />
• The paper sensor detects the edges of each transported print medium. To ensure<br />
correct operation a "teach-in" of the sensor must be done. This may be necessary<br />
when working with material that has low contrast compared to the transport belt<br />
underneath.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 187
Teach-in of the<br />
paper sensor<br />
The contrast threshold can be programmed with the use of the “Teachin”<br />
rotary switch on the sensor itself. For this purpose, the paper sensor<br />
must be connected to the control unit, which must be switched on.<br />
You need a small Phillips screwdriver to set the rotary switch to the four<br />
positions:<br />
• S = Switching mode (normal operation mode)<br />
• TM = Teach-in mark<br />
• TB = Teach-in background<br />
• TD = Teach-in dynamic (not used)<br />
The switch modes are activated after a lag of 1 second. That means that<br />
the switch must be for at least 1 second in the new position before the<br />
sensor accepts the required mode (indicated by the flashing sequence of<br />
the indication LEDs).<br />
Rotary switch<br />
Figure 79: Paper sensor<br />
LEDs<br />
Figure 80: Teach-in modes, rotary switch<br />
188 User Manual Version 3.1
The statical Teach-in mode (TM/TB) allows the teach of mark and<br />
background at the same time (one after the other but independently of<br />
the order) or separately. There is no need to teach always both mark and<br />
background.<br />
• Place a paper under the sensor and switch to the Teach-in mark<br />
(TM).<br />
• Teach-In starts with a continuous value capturing. The object’s<br />
color may change. When the switch position changes, the last<br />
captured value will be saved as the marks value. During TM mode,<br />
the green and the yellow display LED are flashing simultaneously<br />
(f = 2.5 Hz).<br />
• Remove the paper and activate the Teach-in background (TB)<br />
mode. Measure the contrast color of the background (the belt).<br />
During TB mode, the green and the yellow display LED are flashing<br />
simultaneously (f = 2.5 Hz).<br />
• Activate the switching mode (S). Control the set contrast values by<br />
placing a paper under the sensor by hand. The LED should<br />
If the teach-in was not successful, the LEDs start flashing alternating<br />
with a frequency of approx. 8.0 Hz. The sensor returns to the switch<br />
mode (normal operation) after 7 seconds without changing the saved<br />
values.<br />
Cause: Maybe the contrast was too bad. Try to teach-in the paper on the<br />
darkest color passing the sensor.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 189
Pos: 127 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/11.x_Ü2_Mounting two print units on one mounting bar_<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/OrbitBase @ 2\mod_1266917840288_912.doc @ 12441 @ 2<br />
11.9 How to position the encoder wheel mounting<br />
The encoder wheel mounting of the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> is pre-assembled. If the position of<br />
the encoder wheel mounting has to be shifted due to modifications or repairs, the default<br />
settings have to be restored.<br />
A B C D E<br />
Encoder wheel<br />
Print medium<br />
Figure 81: Position of the encoder wheel on the belt (schematical)<br />
A small spring load between encoder wheel and conveyor belt in the range between 1 N and<br />
2 N is suggested.<br />
The encoder wheel should be installed in such a way that it can roll<br />
unimpeded on the conveyor belt. The encoder wheel should be<br />
installed close to the first print unit.<br />
The print media must not collide with the encoder wheel. The encoder<br />
wheel can get damaged and the printouts may be faulty.<br />
The illustration of Figure 81 shows different scenarios for mounting the encoder wheel to<br />
the conveyor belt.<br />
• A: Recommended encoder wheel position.<br />
• B: Don’t position the encoder above the holes of the belt.<br />
• C: Don’t position the wheel in range of the product stream. The encoder wheel shall<br />
not roll over the edges of the products.<br />
• D: Be aware of not to mount the encoder wheel in a sloped position. The wheel has to<br />
be aligned parallel to the belt.<br />
• E: Don’t position the wheel at the turnaround edge of the belt.<br />
190 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 128 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/Menüpunkte Drucker/Menü_Drucker_Hinweis_Feature_nur_über_update @ 0\mod_1254744190257_912.doc @ 4201 @<br />
Pos: 129 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit/11.x_Ü2_Determining the minimal possible paper format @ 2\mod_1266920040538_912.doc @ 12451 @ 2<br />
11.10 Mounting two print units on one mounting bar<br />
In certain conditions the available space for mounting the print units can be limited (for<br />
example when a dryer should be added behind the printer). In this situation it is possible to<br />
mount two print units to one mounting bar. See Figure 82 below for a sample setup with<br />
four print units. To work in this setup it is necessary to set the menu PRINTER CONFIG. ><br />
BOOT DEFAULTS > ORDER of UNITS to U1=U3/U2=U4. This setting ensures a correct<br />
positioning of all printed elements.<br />
Update required<br />
Being able to choose this setup is not a standard feature of the<br />
printer. Please contact your dealer for this update.<br />
Arrangement of print areas<br />
When putting two print units onto one mounting bar the minimal<br />
distance between the print area of Unit 1 and Unit 3 (Unit 2 and<br />
Unit 4) is 154 mm / 6“.<br />
Figure 82: Two print units on one mounting bar<br />
This is not a factory-provided feature and is only available by<br />
feature update.<br />
You can check the available features in the CONFIGURAT. INFO menu<br />
(SERVICE). Only available features will be shown in this menu! Please<br />
contact your authorised Neopost dealer for further information.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 191
Pos: 130 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/11.x_Ü2_How to connect the FD13/FD15 Feeder @ 1\mod_1264412698536_912.doc @ 10837 @ 2<br />
11.11 Determining the minimal possible paper format<br />
The number of print units in your <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> configuration determines the minimal possible<br />
paper format in transport direction that can be processed be the printer. The table below<br />
shows hot to calculate the minimum possible value in milimeter:<br />
No. of print units 1 2 3 4<br />
Min. paper size 85 mm (D.U1U2+55)/2 (D.U1U3+55)/3 (D.U1U4+55)/4<br />
D.U1U2 = Distance print units 1 to print unit 2<br />
D.U1U3 = Distance print units 1 to print unit 3<br />
D.U1U4 = Distance print units 1 to print unit 4<br />
Maximum number of pages<br />
Independent from the minimum paper format, there should never be<br />
more than two pages between the first and the last print unit..<br />
Example<br />
calculation<br />
In a configuration with three print units and a distance of 165 mm<br />
between each of the print units the minimal paper format is calculated in<br />
the following way:<br />
• D.U1U3 = 165 mm + 165 mm = 330 mm<br />
• 330 mm + 55 = 380 mm<br />
• 330 / 3 = 127 mm (4.9”) = minimal paper format<br />
192 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 131 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase/11.1.1_Connecting_the_FD-13/FD-15_Feeder_<strong>AS</strong>-OrbitBase_ONLY_619 @ 2\mod_1276776658847_912.doc @ 18663 @<br />
11.12 How to connect the FD-13/FD-15 Feeder<br />
Position the feeder • Please assure that the products of the feeder are fed at the<br />
same height level as the <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> conveyor belt. Adjust the<br />
height of the feeder if necessary.<br />
• The products have to be placed on the conveyor belt in a<br />
straight-lined and parallel stream. Please align the feeder as<br />
needed.<br />
Connect the<br />
Neopost FD-13/FD-<br />
15 Feeder to the<br />
Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong><br />
with the serial cable<br />
Connect the feeder with the serial cable 9200057S to the Neopost<br />
<strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> as shown below.<br />
Figure 83: Serial connection between printer and feeder<br />
Connect the<br />
emergency stop<br />
systems<br />
Connect the emergency stop systems of both devices as described<br />
in chapter 3.5.5 on page 23.<br />
Order of turning on the devices<br />
Make sure to turn on the feeder before you turn on the printer.<br />
This ensures a correct recognition of the feeder by the printer.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 193
Pos: 132 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Feeder/11.1_Ü2_Feeder einstellen_kompakt_FD-13/FD-15 @ 1\mod_1259175153117_912.doc @ 7920 @ 2<br />
11.13 How to adjust the Neopost FD-13/FD-15 Feeder to the<br />
medium<br />
This instruction is just a short excerpt of the Neopost Feeder user manual. For detailed<br />
instructions please refer to this specific document.<br />
The Neopost Feeder is an optional accessory device that can be used in combination with<br />
the Neopost <strong>AS</strong>-<strong>3640</strong> printer. Please see chapter 3.5.5, on page 23 for further information.<br />
Adjusting the<br />
separation<br />
rollers to the<br />
media<br />
thickness<br />
• Loosen the wing grips (F1) of the paper side guides and push<br />
these all the way outwards (see Figure 1).<br />
• Check that both outer adjustment knobs (F2) of the separator<br />
system are centered ( ••• -Position ). Unlock the separator system<br />
by turning the separation lock knob (F3) clockwise (see Figure 2).<br />
• Lift up the separator rollers by use of the loose separation lock<br />
knob (F3). Put one sheet of the paper under the separation rollers<br />
and drop them again (see Figure 3).<br />
• Lock the separator system by turning the center separation lock<br />
knob (F3) counter-clockwise and remove the medium.<br />
Depending on the fed paper and its thickness: widen the<br />
separation gap by turning both outer adjustment knobs (F2)<br />
clockwise (see Figure 4).<br />
F1<br />
F2<br />
F4<br />
F3<br />
Figure 84: Separator system<br />
Figure 85: Feeder<br />
adjustment I<br />
Figure 86: Feeder<br />
adjustment II<br />
Figure 87: Feeder<br />
adjustment III<br />
194 User Manual Version 3.1
Narrow media and unused separation rollers<br />
When feeding narrow material, make sure that the position of the not<br />
used separator rollers is adjusted to the material thickness as well.<br />
Therefore make sure to put a small piece of paper under each of the<br />
unused separator rollers, when setting the paper separation.<br />
Otherwise these rollers could wear the feed roller.<br />
Adjusting the<br />
paper side<br />
guides<br />
Please check whether the medium to be processed is fed longitudinally or<br />
transversally through the feeder.<br />
• Place a small stack of products centrally into the feeder.<br />
• Adjust the side guides (F4) according to the media width. Please<br />
assure that the paper stack can still be moved loosely between the<br />
two side guides. Afterwards fix the two wing grips (F1).<br />
The ruler on the stacking tray may help you to align the products<br />
optimally.<br />
Adjusting the<br />
paper feed<br />
ramp and the<br />
slide<br />
Put the feed ramp (F5) to a low and centered position. Insert a small<br />
stack of paper as shown in Figure 5.<br />
• Loosen the fixing screw of the slide (F6), mounted on the paper<br />
feed ramp. Raise the paper feed ramp to an appropriate angle (see<br />
note below) and fix it..<br />
• Adjust the slide (F6) as shown in Figure 5. The lowermost two or<br />
three media should fall loosely out of the stack, so they can be<br />
easily gripped by the feed roller.<br />
• Tighten the fixing screw of the slide.<br />
Angle of the paper feed ramp<br />
The optimal angle depends on the width of your material running<br />
through the machine:<br />
flexible material, small width = steep angle<br />
inflexible material, large width = flat angle<br />
F7<br />
F6<br />
F8<br />
F9<br />
Figure 88: Adjusting the paper feed ramp<br />
and the slide, side view<br />
F5<br />
Figure 89: Filing the stack<br />
with a fanned out pile, side view<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 195
Pos: 133 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/11_x_Ü2_Additional information texts in main display_Systeme @ 1\mod_1264070368112_912.doc @ 10550 @ 2<br />
Filling the<br />
paper stack<br />
• If not already done, fan out a small stack of products<br />
(approximately 25 mm / 1”) and put it between the paper side<br />
guides (F7). The fanning out ensures that the media are gripped<br />
effectively by the feed roller (F9) and that no multiple sheets are<br />
fed.<br />
• The paper stack should adapt to the shape of the fixed separation<br />
roller (F8) (see Figure 6).<br />
• Fill the stack up to a convenient height for your particular medium.<br />
Paper format, stack height<br />
The height of the stack may be limited, due to the size of the media<br />
and the weight of the stapled products.<br />
196 User Manual Version 3.1
11.14 Additional display texts<br />
Under certain circumstances, additional information texts may be shown in the main<br />
display. In the table below you find descriptions for the different information texts.<br />
Information in main display<br />
Test<br />
WaitEOT<br />
NoData!<br />
PapRUN<br />
NoPaper<br />
R&P Mode<br />
R&P&V<br />
R&A&P<br />
CleanHds<br />
Description<br />
The printer is running test prints.<br />
A pause command was sent to the printer. It will only<br />
continue with the print job, when the Ok key is<br />
pressed.<br />
The data for a page was not sent completely to the<br />
printer.<br />
The printer is running a paper run test.<br />
Data but no paper. E.g. the feeder is empty.<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown when the Read and Print mode is<br />
active. In this mode the printer receives the data for<br />
each page, only after the data was read by an<br />
external device (e.g. a camera or a barcode reader).<br />
At typical application is the use of the printer behind<br />
an inserter machine. This mode allows specific<br />
settings for status feedbacks by the printer and<br />
handling of no data events.<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown when the Read and Print and<br />
Verify mode is active. This mode works like the Read<br />
and Print mode, plus each page must be verified as<br />
“ok” after the printer, otherwise the page will be<br />
flagged as faulty. A faulty page could for example be<br />
diverted after the printer.<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown when the Read and Acknowledge<br />
and Print mode is active. This mode works like the<br />
Read and Print mode, plus each page must be<br />
acknowledged as “ok” right before the printer,<br />
otherwise the page will be flagged as faulty. A faulty<br />
page could for example be diverted after the printer.<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown as answer, to a clean heads<br />
request, sent over the serial port. This request can<br />
only be used when one of the Read and X modes is<br />
active.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 197
Pos: 134 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/11.x_Ü2_Ink package ID number @ 2\mod_1269249230092_912.doc @ 13727 @ 2<br />
Pos: 135 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/11.x_Ü3_Ink package ID number 6030206 @ 3\mod_1298296700989_912.doc @ 30527 @ 3<br />
TrackMod<br />
R&P&Tra<br />
BeltMod<br />
Belt&Tra<br />
F & B<br />
F & b<br />
f & B<br />
f & b<br />
EmerMode<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown when the Tracking mode is active.<br />
In this mode the printer monitors the paper flow. In<br />
this mode the printer can, for example, detect missing<br />
pages in the paper flow.<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown when the Read and Print and<br />
Tracking mode is active. Both the Read and Print<br />
and the Tracking mode are working as described<br />
above.<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown when the Belt mode is active. In<br />
this mode the transport system of the printer will run<br />
continuously with the requested speed. This mode can<br />
only be used when one of the Read and X modes is<br />
active.<br />
Only occurs in a specific, non-standard printer mode.<br />
This text is shown when the Belt and Tracking mode<br />
is active. Both the Belt and the Tracking mode are<br />
working as described above.<br />
Neopost<strong>AS</strong>-Orbit only<br />
These operating status texts are only shown when the<br />
Neopost feeder and Neopost B<strong>AS</strong>E conveyor are<br />
connected via serial cables and Printer Config. ><br />
BOOT DEFAULTS > SERIAL Base is set to printBase.<br />
F = Feeder running<br />
f = Feeder off<br />
B = Base conveyor running<br />
b = Base conveyor off<br />
The printer is in emergency mode, because the<br />
internal model identification is damaged. In this<br />
unlikely event the printer will only work with a<br />
reduced performance to prevent the printer from any<br />
damage. Please contact your Neopost branch or<br />
dealer.<br />
11.15 Ink package ID number<br />
The id number of the loaded ink package clearly indicates the settings and ink parameters<br />
currently used in your printer. With this ink package id number changes and updates can<br />
easily be tracked.<br />
198 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 136 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/11.4_Ü2_Declaration of conformity @ 0\mod_1251457298475_912.doc @ 3186 @ 2<br />
11.15.1 ID: 6030206<br />
The following settings and parameters are used with this id number:<br />
Ink type<br />
d BLACK DYE<br />
v VERSATILE BLAC<br />
Note<br />
Limitation on shuttle-head printers (<strong>AS</strong>-700 and <strong>AS</strong>-<br />
710) only:<br />
The maximum carriage speed is limited to 0.526<br />
mm/s / 103.5 ft./min. This ensures a constantly high<br />
print quality and increases the life time of the ink<br />
cartridge.<br />
m MAX GLOSSY<br />
f F<strong>AS</strong>T DRY BLACK<br />
i IQ INK<br />
x #10 INK<br />
s SPOT COLOUR<br />
q IMS INK<br />
u USER INK<br />
t KH-UV2 TEXT<br />
Limitation on shuttle-head printers (<strong>AS</strong>-700 and <strong>AS</strong>-<br />
710) only:<br />
The maximum carriage speed is limited to 0.526<br />
mm/s / 103.5 ft./min. This ensures a constantly high<br />
print quality and increases the life time of the ink<br />
cartridge.<br />
Special application ink for printing on difficult<br />
substrate. Please read the additional operation<br />
instructions for this ink typ.<br />
Not optimized default parameter.<br />
This parameter can be used for all not Neopost<br />
approved inks.<br />
Available for certain printer models only through a<br />
feature update.<br />
Special application ink for printing on plastic<br />
substrate. Requires an UV dryer.<br />
This setting should be used when printing text only<br />
jobs.<br />
g KH-UV2 GRAP (graphics)<br />
Available for certain printer models only through a<br />
feature update.<br />
Special application ink for printing on plastic<br />
substrate. Requires an UV dryer.<br />
This setting should be used when printing jobs that<br />
include graphics (e.g. logo or barcode).<br />
The maximum transport speed is limited to 540 mm/s<br />
106.2 ft./min. This ensures a constantly high print<br />
quality and increases the life time of the ink cartridge.<br />
Default: BLACK DYE<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 199
Pos: 137 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/CE & FCC Declarations/Declaration of conformity_Introduction @ 2\mod_1270642943823_912.doc @ 14383 @<br />
Pos: 138 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/CE & FCC Declarations/Machinery and EMC directive @ 2\mod_1270640778289_912.doc @ 14370 @<br />
11.16 Declaration of conformity<br />
Products presented in this guide conform to requirements of the following<br />
directives:<br />
EC-directives EC directive Year / Register No.<br />
Machinery directive<br />
EMC directive<br />
2006/42/EG<br />
2004/108/EG<br />
Standards used Technical specification Standard<br />
Safety of machines DIN EN ISO 12100 1:2004-<br />
04<br />
Protective device including safe<br />
distance<br />
DIN EN ISO 13857:2008<br />
Noise emission DIN EN ISO 11200:2009<br />
Safety of electrical office machines EN 60950-1:2006-11<br />
Noise immunity DIN EN 55024 :2003-10<br />
Perturbing radiation DIN EN 55022:2008-07<br />
Industrial interference resistance DIN EN 61000-6-2:2006-03<br />
Interference resistance against:<br />
Discharges of static electricity DIN EN 61000-4-2:2009-12<br />
High-frequency electromagnetic fields DIN EN 61000-4-3:2008-06<br />
Fast transient electrical disturbances DIN EN 61000-4-4:2005-07<br />
Surges DIN EN 61000-4-5:2007-06<br />
Conducted disturbances, induced by<br />
high-frequency fields<br />
Magnetic fields with energy<br />
frequencies<br />
Short time disruptions, Voltage drops,<br />
fluctuations<br />
DIN EN 61000-4-6:2009-12<br />
DIN EN 61000-4-8:2009-10<br />
DIN EN 61000-4-11:2005-02<br />
Limit values for harmonic currents DIN EN 61000-3-2:2006-10<br />
Limit of voltage changes, -fluctuations<br />
and flicker in public low voltage mains<br />
DIN EN 61000-3-3:2009-06<br />
200 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 139 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/CE & FCC Declarations/CE Warning Class A Device_619_ONLY @ 3\mod_1297852620204_912.doc @ 30344 @<br />
Pos: 140 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/CE & FCC Declarations/FCC Note *USA* Class A Device_619_ONLY @ 3\mod_1299071436816_912.doc @ 30686 @<br />
Pos: 141 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/CE & FCC Declarations/FCC Note *CANADA* Class A Device_619_ONLY @ 3\mod_1299507984053_912.doc @ 30724 @<br />
Pos: 142 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte spezifisch/Drucker/12.0_Ü1-Glossary_Printers_ONLY_619 @ 1\mod_1257944673371_912.doc @ 7353 @ 1<br />
Warning<br />
This is an EN 55022 Class A product. In a domestic environment this<br />
product may cause radio interference in which case the user may be<br />
required to take adequate measures.<br />
FCC Note USA<br />
This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits<br />
for a Class A digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules.<br />
These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against<br />
harmful interference when the equipment is operated in a commercial<br />
environment. This equipment generates, uses and can radiate radie<br />
frequency energy and, if not installed and used in accordance with<br />
the instruction manual, may cause harmful interference to radie<br />
communications. Operation of this equipment in a residential area is<br />
likely to cause harmful interference in which case the user will be<br />
required to correct the interference at his own expense.<br />
FCC Note Canada<br />
This Class A digital apparatus complies with Canadian ICES-003.<br />
Cet appareil numérique de la classe A est conforme à la norme<br />
NMB-003 de Canada.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 201
12 Glossary<br />
Term<br />
Addressing<br />
<strong>AS</strong>Cll<br />
Barcode<br />
Baud rate<br />
Bitmap<br />
Buffer<br />
Cartridge<br />
Character set<br />
Characters<br />
Description<br />
Addressing describes the process of printing an address<br />
information onto an object, so that it can be delivered by postal<br />
means. Usually addressing refers to applying the receivers<br />
address.<br />
see personalize and individualize<br />
<strong>AS</strong>Cll is the abbreviation for "American Standard Code for<br />
Information Interchange". The printer commands used in this<br />
manual are entered in the form of <strong>AS</strong>CII codes. Also decimal or<br />
hexadecimal codes may be used.<br />
The data information of a print medium is converted into a<br />
single-line barcode. This is done in a language-neutral and<br />
character-neutral manner. A barcode is easy to create and<br />
readable with the help of simple opto-electronic devices. It is<br />
printed in addition to textual information.<br />
Baud rate is the speed with which the data are transferred<br />
between the computer and the printer on the serial interface.<br />
The computer and the printer must have the same baud rate. It<br />
may range between 1,200 and 9,600 baud, depending on the<br />
computer used. The baud rate is only determined when a serial<br />
interface is used.<br />
Bitmap represents a collection of dots as a graphic or text<br />
graphic in output devices (printer, monitor).<br />
The buffer is a storage memory area in the printer. In the<br />
buffer, information which is destined for input or output is<br />
stored until it is processed.<br />
A cartridge is an ink container with an integrated printhead.<br />
Inserting a new cartridge always includes inserting a new<br />
printhead.<br />
A character set is defined specific to its application. It is usually<br />
a combination of letters, ciphers, lines and symbols within a<br />
font. However, character sets may also exclusively consist of<br />
symbols.<br />
Characters are understood to be letters, numbers and symbols<br />
which can be printed.<br />
Coding Coding describes the printing of a code. This code can be a 1-D<br />
code (e.g. EAN 128) or a 2-D code (e.g. Datamatrix 200).<br />
Configuration<br />
In a configuration, particular printer settings are ascertained.<br />
You may set up several configurations and save each one of<br />
them under its individual configuration number.<br />
202 User Manual Version 3.1
Decap Time<br />
Default configuration<br />
Direct Addressing<br />
Printer<br />
dpi<br />
Driver<br />
Dye-Based Ink<br />
Escape character<br />
Escape sequences<br />
Ethernet<br />
Fixed-Head Printer<br />
Font<br />
Font cartridges<br />
The decap time of an ink type indicates, for how long an ink<br />
cartridge can be exposed, to the surrounding air without<br />
capping, before the ink starts to dry within the nozzles. Ink<br />
which is dried within the nozzles reduces the print quality when<br />
starting or resuming a print job.<br />
see ink, pigmented ink and dye-based ink<br />
Prior to dispatch, the printer’s default settings are programmed.<br />
These factory settings are saved under the configuration<br />
number “0”. They continue to be active until another<br />
configuration number is selected and setting modifications are<br />
carried out.<br />
A Direct Addressing Printer prints the address directly onto a<br />
substrate (e.g. an envelope). A non-direct way of addressing a<br />
substrate would be applying an address label.<br />
dpi (dots per inch) describes how mayn picture elements<br />
(pixels) are printed per inch (25,4 mm).<br />
see resolution<br />
see printer driver<br />
In dye-based inks the chromophore elements of the ink are<br />
solute particles (dye). An advantage of a dye-based ink is the<br />
longer decap time compared to a pigmented ink. An example<br />
for an dye-based ink is "Black Dye".<br />
see ink, pigmented ink and decap time<br />
The escape character EC is a command initiation within the<br />
<strong>AS</strong>CII. This character is not printed. The characters that follow<br />
after the escape character are detected by the printer as<br />
command codes.<br />
see PCL<br />
see PCL.<br />
Is a computer networking technology for local area networks<br />
(LAN).<br />
see TCP/IP<br />
In a Fixed-Head printer, the cartridges are in a fixed position<br />
during printing. The substrate are passed underneath the<br />
cartridges. This allows higher production speeds compared to<br />
Shuttle-Head printers.<br />
see Shuttle-Head<br />
A font is a collection of characters and symbols of the same font<br />
type and distance, the same size (height), line thickness and<br />
font direction. Fonts may be installed internally in the printer or<br />
may be loaded externally via font cartridges.<br />
They contain fonts which can be loaded in the printer.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 203
Font inclination<br />
Font type<br />
HP TIJ 2.5<br />
Individualize<br />
Ink<br />
Ink Cartridge<br />
Interface cable<br />
Internal fonts<br />
Line thickness<br />
Loadable fonts<br />
LPI<br />
Macro<br />
Offline<br />
Online<br />
Operator Panel<br />
Paper jam<br />
Selectively, the font characters may printed vertically straight<br />
(normal) or – in a constant angle – inclined (cursive).<br />
Font type refers to the print design of a character set. Cour, for<br />
example, exhibits a different character design than LetGot or<br />
Helv.<br />
HP TIJ 2.5 is the abbreviation for „Hewlett-Packard Thermal<br />
Ink Jet 2.5“. It describes a certain generation of printing<br />
technology by Hewlett-Packard.<br />
Individualize describes the process of printing a largely custom<br />
document. Major parts of the document are individual for each<br />
receiver of the document. For example images, text blocks,<br />
offers, the language used, etc.<br />
see addressing and personalize<br />
Ink is a intensive dyed fluid, which is used to create picture<br />
elements on a substrate.<br />
see ink cartridge, pigmented ink and dye-based ink<br />
see cartridge<br />
The data transfer cable which connects your computer to the<br />
printer or to another peripheral device.<br />
The internal fonts are installed in the printer. They are an<br />
inherent part of the printer.<br />
The line thickness refers to the line width. A distinction is drawn<br />
between normal and bold line thickness.<br />
Loadable fonts (soft or download fonts) are stored on the hard<br />
disc of the PC. They may be transferred to the printer memory.<br />
Lines per inch. It is the measuring unit for the line density. The<br />
most commonly used line density for printing is 6 LPI.<br />
A macro is a block of commands and data (e.g. a graphic like a<br />
company logo) that can be downloaded to the printer. This<br />
macro can be used repeatedly without having to send the<br />
complete block of commands and data for every page.<br />
Downloading macros can increase the print speed. The<br />
downloading of macros is only supported by dedicated address<br />
printing software applications.<br />
While in Offline mode, the printer is not able to receive print<br />
data from the PC. In this status the printer settings can be<br />
changed.<br />
While in Online mode, the printer is able to receive print data<br />
from the PC.<br />
The operator panel contains the display and the key pad.<br />
Printer settings are carried out here.<br />
A paper jam occurs when the paper gets jammed during<br />
printing and when the paper transport is blocked.<br />
204 User Manual Version 3.1
Paper recognition<br />
Paper Sensor<br />
Paper size<br />
Parallel interface<br />
Parity<br />
PCL<br />
Personalize<br />
Pigmented Ink<br />
Point size<br />
Print area<br />
Print Cartridge<br />
Print file<br />
Print Unit<br />
Printer command<br />
see Top of form Sensor<br />
see Top of Form Sensor<br />
The paper size refers to the paper format which should be<br />
printed on. When turning the layout by 180°, the top margin<br />
value is automatically detected, so that it corresponds to the<br />
set value of normal layout orientation.<br />
The parallel interface, also termed Centronics interface, is a<br />
connection from the computer to the printer. By this interface,<br />
always 8 bits (= 1 byte) are transferred simultaneously<br />
(parallel).<br />
Parity a error detection method. which is carried out via a serial<br />
interface. During data transfer, errors in the transfer process<br />
are detected. Thereby the parity of binary “ones” in an<br />
information unit (e.g. a byte) is checked.<br />
PCL (= Printer Control Language) is a command language to<br />
control printers. It was developed by Hewlett-Packard.<br />
Personalize describes the process of printing individual<br />
information onto a static, preprinted document. The most<br />
common application of personalization is the printing of the<br />
salutation at the beginning of a letter (e.g. Dear Ms. Smith,).<br />
Usually the personalization includes the addressing of this<br />
document.<br />
see addressing and individualize<br />
In pigmented inks the chromophore elements of the ink are<br />
solid particles (pigments). The advantages of a pigmented ink<br />
are a shorter drying time and higher resistances (light-resistant<br />
and abrasion resistance) compared to dye-based inks. An<br />
example for an pigmented ink is “Versatile Black”.<br />
see ink and dye-based ink<br />
The point size is measured in pica points. One point is 1/72 of<br />
an inch.<br />
The print area covers the maximum width which is accessible<br />
for the ink cartridge.<br />
see cartridge<br />
For service purposes it can be necessary to redirect the print<br />
data, so that the data are not processed by the printer but<br />
stored in a file. This file is called a “print file”. The file format is<br />
.prn (printable file).<br />
A print unit always consists of three cartridges. With one print<br />
unit a swath of 38 mm (1 ½“) can be printed. This is is<br />
equivalent to 9 lines of text (Font: Arial, Size: 12 pt.)<br />
see cartridge<br />
The printer command is entered via the software application in<br />
order to modify the active printer configuration.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 205
Printer Driver<br />
Printhead<br />
Printhead carriage<br />
Printhead distance<br />
Read & Print<br />
Resolution<br />
Separating fingers<br />
Serial interface<br />
Setting<br />
Shuttle-Head Printer<br />
TCP/IP<br />
TIJ<br />
The printer driver translates the commands coming from a<br />
software application (e.g. Bulk Mailer Designer) into printer<br />
commands. A printer driver must fit to both the software<br />
application and the printer model.<br />
see cartridge<br />
The printhead is mounted at the movable printhead carriage.<br />
The correct distance between the cartridge nozzles and the<br />
paper is important for a clear and sharp printout. The<br />
recommended distance is about 1 millimeter.<br />
Read and Print (R&P) describes a production process in which<br />
the information to be printed onto a document (e.g. address<br />
onto an envelope) is obtained, shortly before the actual<br />
printing, by a reading device (e.g. a camera or a barcode<br />
reader). The information is NOT printed sequential (e.g. from a<br />
database).<br />
In a R&P production process each document is assigned exactly<br />
to one piece of information (e.g. one entry from a database).<br />
The assignation is done by the reading device.<br />
The resolution tells you how many picture elements a print<br />
process can print per area. Usually the resolution is stated in<br />
dpi (dots per inch) Apart from the resolution, the drop size and<br />
the accuracy of drop positioning determine the print quality.<br />
see dpi<br />
The separating fingers enable single-sheet feed from a print<br />
media stack. The sheets above the bottom sheet are held back.<br />
A serial interface transfers data consecutively (bit by bit) from<br />
the computer to the printer. It is connected with the help of a<br />
RS-232-C connector.<br />
A selection of arranged configurations.<br />
In a shuttle-head printer, the ink cartridge is moved back and<br />
forth by a carriage. Therefore it is possible to print over a wide<br />
area.<br />
see Fixed-Head Printer<br />
TCP/IP is the abbreviation for the communication protocols<br />
“Transmission Control Protocol” and “Internet Protocol”. These<br />
protocols are used for the communication between devices<br />
within computer networks.<br />
see Ethernet<br />
TIJ is the abbreviation for “Thermal Ink Jet”. Hereby a picture<br />
element (= ink drop) is created with the help of thermal<br />
energy.<br />
206 User Manual Version 3.1
Pos: 143 /Bedienungsanleitungen/Geräte neutral/13.0_Ü1_Index_sprachneutral @ 1\mod_1259159763086_0.doc @ 7837 @ 1<br />
Top of Form Sensor<br />
(TOF)<br />
USB<br />
The Top of Form sensor (or paper sensor) detects the front and<br />
rear edges of each material. A correct detection is necessary to<br />
position the printed image and to stop the printer in case of a<br />
jam. The Top of Form Sensor is either a contrast or a reflection<br />
sensor.<br />
USB is the abbreviation for “Universal Serial Bus”. It is used to<br />
establish communication between devices. For example<br />
between a PC and a printer.<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 207
13 Index<br />
Accessories .....................................165<br />
Additional Display Texts ....................197<br />
Additional error message...................160<br />
Barcode ..........................................202<br />
Baud rate........................................202<br />
Cancel a print job.............................. 49<br />
Character set...................................202<br />
Cleaning ................................... 14, 122<br />
Cleaning ink cartridge .......................123<br />
Cleaning the contacts .......................123<br />
Cleaning the nozzle plate ..................123<br />
Connections ..................................... 32<br />
Consumables...................................165<br />
Cost per cartridge ............................. 29<br />
Default reset ...................................186<br />
Default settings ...............................126<br />
Delete a print job .............................. 49<br />
Display ............................................ 28<br />
Disposal........................................... 15<br />
Distance paper sensor ....................... 58<br />
Dpi .....................................84, 85, 203<br />
Dynamic IP .....................................116<br />
Emergency stop ................................ 34<br />
Emergency Stop ............................... 33<br />
Encoder wheel .................................190<br />
Error message ......................... 106, 134<br />
Factory settings ...............................126<br />
Firmware ........................................182<br />
Fix IP .............................................116<br />
Fixedhead printer .............................. 24<br />
Flashware .......................................182<br />
Flashware update.............................182<br />
Fuse....................................... 127, 128<br />
Glossary .........................................202<br />
Guide bar................................ 186, 187<br />
Handling ink cartridges ...................... 37<br />
Ink cartridge ........................15, 37, 123<br />
Interfaces ........................................ 32<br />
Key panel......................................... 26<br />
LED................................................. 25<br />
Location........................................... 15<br />
Macro ..................................... 143, 204<br />
Main display ..................................... 28<br />
Main key functions............................. 26<br />
Maintenance ................................... 122<br />
Material thickness ........................39, 40<br />
Narrow material .............................. 195<br />
No Data ......................................... 197<br />
No Paper........................................ 197<br />
Non-mechanical reset ...................... 126<br />
Number of pages per cartridge ............ 29<br />
Offline ........................................25, 30<br />
Online ........................................25, 30<br />
Online mode................................... 130<br />
Operator panel.................................. 26<br />
Orientation ....................................... 43<br />
Paper feed ramp ............................. 195<br />
Paper sensor ................ 38, 89, 122, 187<br />
Paper side guides ............................ 195<br />
Paper size ...................................... 205<br />
Parity ............................................ 205<br />
PC................................................... 12<br />
PC application ..............................79, 80<br />
Pen board contacts .......................... 125<br />
Pictograms ....................................... 11<br />
Pivoted print unit ............................ 124<br />
Place of installation............................ 13<br />
Power cable...................................... 23<br />
Power supply .................................. 170<br />
Print direction ..............................43, 87<br />
208 User Manual Version 3.1
=== Ende der Liste für Textmarke Inhalt ===<br />
Print file........................... 164, 181, 205<br />
Print quality...................... 29, 74, 84, 85<br />
Print unit.......................... 124, 167, 186<br />
Printer driver .................................... 43<br />
Printhead distance............................206<br />
Productivity ...................................... 29<br />
Repairs ............................................ 14<br />
Reset counter ................................... 28<br />
Reset printer ...................................126<br />
Runner ...........................................195<br />
Scope of delivery .............................. 16<br />
Secondary key functions .................... 26<br />
Service ..................................... 14, 122<br />
Setting ...........................................206<br />
Slide ..............................................195<br />
Software application .......................... 43<br />
Software application .......................... 43<br />
Software application .......................... 58<br />
Software application .......................... 74<br />
Spare parts ...................................... 14<br />
Support ......................................... 122<br />
Teach-in......................................... 188<br />
Technical Specifications.................... 169<br />
Technical Support............................ 164<br />
Test print ......................................... 44<br />
Throughput ...................................... 29<br />
TOF ............................. 38, 89, 122, 187<br />
Top Margin ..................................... 205<br />
Troubleshooting .............................. 127<br />
Warning message..................... 106, 153<br />
User Manual Version 3.1 209
9204056H-B<br />
Edition08/04/2011 - 9204056H-B
Change language